Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Hướng Dẫn Học IELTS Listening Cho Người Mới Bắt Đầu
Hướng Dẫn Học IELTS Listening Cho Người Mới Bắt Đầu
Chào bạn,
Mình là Thanh Loan, hiện đang là giáo viên dạy IELTS Online và đồng thời dạy
Offline tại Hà Nội.
Trong suốt thời gian dạy IELTS, mình thấy có những bạn rất giỏi Listening, do có
thói quen xem phim, nghe nhạc, nghe các video tiếng Anh ... trong nhiều năm.
Chính vì thế, khi tiếp xúc vào bài thi IELTS Listening, các bạn chỉ mất 1 thời gian
gắn để làm quen với cấu trúc bài thi và có thể rinh về điểm số rất cao.
Ngược lại, có những bạn vì ít tiếp xúc với việc nghe tiếng Anh trước đó nên khá vất
vả với phần IELTS Listening test, từ phương pháp cho đến tài liệu khi mới bắt đầu
học nghe.
Vậy nên, mình đã bắt tay biên soạn cuốn Hướng dẫn học IELTS Listening cho
người mới bắt đầu nhằm mục đích giúp các bạn mới chập chững làm quen với
IELTS Listening sẽ có một lộ trình học đúng và thông minh.
Có rất nhiều nguồn nghe miễn phí trên mạng, nhưng điểm khó cho người mới bắt đầu
học là không hiểu hết nội dung bài nghe, ngại tra từ mới sau mỗi bài nghe. Chính vì
thế mình muốn giúp các bạn giải chỉ rõ vị trí thông tin chứa đáp án và cung cấp từ mới
trong toàn bộ bài nghe, cùng với những kỹ năng nghe hiệu quả.
Mình chắc chắn rằng dù bạn nghe tiếng Anh kém, bạn có thể sử dụng cuốn Ebook này.
Để biên soạn cuốn sách này, mình có tham khảo một số đầu sách của nhà xuất bản
IELTS Cambridge, bao gồm: Bộ sách Complete IELTS band 4-5, 5-6.5 và 6.5-7.5; Bộ
IELTS Cambridge Practice Test, cuốn Basic IELTS Listening.... Đó đều là các nguồn
tài liệu chuẩn, sát thật nhất.
Trong quá trình biên soạn, chắc hẳn còn nhiều thiếu sót và không tránh khỏi 1 số lỗi
sai. Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin được gửi về hòm mail hi@ielts-thanhloan.com
Mình xin chân thành cảm ơn và mong nhận được sự ủng hộ của các bạn!
Thanh Loan
Đối với IELTS, việc tự học thực sự rất khó khăn vì:
- Có quá nhiều thứ phải học: Từ vựng, Ngữ pháp, Phát âm, Nghe, Đọc, Nói....
và khi đi vào 1 vấn đề cụ thể, lại càng có 1 đống kiến thức cần học
- IELTS khó quá, với quá nhiều kỹ năng bạn cần thành thạo, quá nhiều câu
hỏi bạn cần chuẩn bị.
Có rất nhiều trung tâm, thầy cô dạy IELTS khác nhau, nhưng phương châm hoạt
động của IELTS Thanh Loan là:
Thanh Loan
1. Kỹ thuật nghe..........................................................................................................09
a. Kỹ thuật dự đoán đáp án...............................................................................09
b. Kỹ thuật nghe từ đồng nghĩa và paraphrase................................................20
2. Phương pháp nghe...................................................................................................23
a. Phương pháp nghe chép chính tả..................................................................23
b. Phương pháp nghe Repetition......................................................................27
3. Lộ trình nghe...........................................................................................................29
a. Luyện theo từng dạng câu hỏi.......................................................................29
b. Luyện đề........................................................................................................36
Chương III. Các dạng câu hỏi điển hình (Kèm thực hành)..............................39
Key............................................................................................................................236
I
Thông tin cơ bản
về IELTS Listening
N
Với chương sách đầu tiên, bạn sẽ nhận được thông tin về:
A
- Cấu trúc một bài thi IELTS Listening, bao gồm có: thời gian của bài thi, tổng số
câu hỏi, độ khó của các câu hỏi, các dạng câu hỏi, cùng nhiều thông tin cơ bản khác
LO
- Cách tính điểm bài thi IELTS Listening
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Trước khi bước và luyện đề, hãy đảm bảo rằng bạn đã nắm được tất cả các thông tin
về Cấu trúc bài thi IELTS Listening.
N
bạn sẽ có:
- Khoảng 30 phút cho bài nghe
A
- 10 phút để chuyển đáp án vào tờ Answer Sheet (tờ chuyển đáp án)
- Thời gian thi của kỹ năng Listening là vào khoảng từ 9.00 - 9.40 sáng của ngày thi
LO
chính
Chỉ có duy nhất 1 bài thi IELTS Listening, dù cho mục đích của bạn
khác nhau H
- Có 2 hình thức bài thi: là General Training (bài thi Tổng quát) và Academic (bài
thi Học thuật).
N
- Hình thức thi General Training nhằm để phục vụ cho những bạn có mục đích đi
làm việc, định cư ở các nước sử dụng tiếng Anh là ngôn ngữ chính.
A
- Hình thức thi Academic nhằm để phục vụ cho những bạn có mục đích đi học ở các
nước sử dụng tiếng Anh, hay thậm chí là học trong nước.
TH
- Tuy nhiên, đối với bài thi Listening này, bài thi cho cả hai hình thức Tổng quát và
Học thuật là hoàn toàn giống nhau.
- Một bài thi Listening gồm 4 Parts, với mỗi phần gồm 10 câu hỏi, như vậy sẽ có tổng
LT
N
Độ khó tăng dần
A
- Độ khó của bài thi Listening tăng dần theo từng Part, nhưng cũng có khi Part 3
khó hơn Part 4
LO
- Do nội dung của 2 Parts đầu tiên xoay quanh những chủ đề đời sống hàng ngày còn
nội dung của 2 Parts cuối xoay quanh các vấn đề học thuật, nên lượng từ vựng xuất
hiện ở Parts 3 4 khó hơn so với Parts 1 2
- Ở Parts 3 và 4, các thông tin được đưa ra nhiều hơn để giăng bẫy thí sinh, và tốc
H
độ nói cũng nhanh hơn so với Parts 1 và 2
N
Có 09 dạng câu hỏi phổ biến trong bài thi Listening
A
- Form Completion
- Summary Completion
- Map Labelling
- Short Answer Question
S
- Multiple Choice
- Matching
IE
Các dạng câu hỏi sẽ được mô tả và hướng dẫn chi tiết ở Chương III của cuốn sách.
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
Write your
candidate number
A
LO
- Candidate name (là tên thí sinh): nhớ tên của bạn được phải được viết hoa và
không dấu. Ví dụ: NGUYEN THANH LOAN
- Candidate number (là số báo danh thí sinh): gồm 6 số, mỗi số được điền vào
H
một ô tách biệt. Số báo danh này bạn sẽ được xem trước khi vào phòng thi.
N
- Centre number (là số hiệu trung tâm): gồm 5 số, mỗi số được điền vào một ô
tách biệt. Số này sẽ được cung cấp trên máy chiếu của phòng thi.
A
- Test date (là ngày thi): bạn sẽ điền ngày thi của mình theo: ngày – tháng – năm.
Ví dụ: 01 – 01 – 2019.
TH
- Đáp án cho bài thi IELTS Listening sẽ được điền vào các ô từ 1 đến 40 tương ứng
quy và đương nhiên là không được tính điểm. Bút chì sẽ được phát bởi tổ chức thi
- Bạn có thể viết chữ thường hoặc chữ in hoa trong tờ đáp án, cả hai đều được tính
LT
điểm.
Ví dụ: SPORT = sport
- IELTS Listening là kỹ năng thi đầu tiên trong số 3 kỹ năng: bắt đầu từ bài thi
IE
IELTS Listening sau đó đến IELTS Reading và cuối cùng là IELTS Writing.
- Bạn được đeo tai nghe để thực hiện bài thi IELTS Listening
- Bạn chỉ được nghe 1 lần duy nhất cho tất cả các phần thi từ Part 1 đến Part 4
Dưới đây là Bảng tính điểm cho bài thi IELTS Listening của cả hai hình thức
thi là Học thuật và Tổng quát cụ thể cho từng band điểm.
N
A
Correct Band
LO
answer score
39-40 9.0
37-38 H 8.5
35-36 8.0
33-34 7.5
N
30-32 7.0
A
27-29 6.5
23-26 6.0
TH
20-22 5.5
16-19 5.0
13-15 4.5
S
10-12 4.0
LT
7-9 3.5
5-6 3.0
3-4 2.5
IE
Ví dụ 1: Nếu bạn đặt mục tiêu điểm bài thi IELTS Listening của mình là 6.0, thì bạn
cần đạt được từ 23-26 câu trả lời đúng trong tổng số 40 câu hỏi.
Ví dụ 2: Tuy nhiên, nếu bạn đặt mục tiêu cao hơn, có thể ở mức 8.0, thì số câu trả lời
đúng bạn cần đạt được trong tổng số 40 câu hỏi là 35-36 câu.
N
Note: Theo như chia sẻ của một giám khảo chấm thi của IDP, câu hỏi trong các
đề thi IELTS Listening đôi khi vẫn có sự chênh lệch về độ khó dễ, vì vậy để tạo sự
A
công bằng, thì thang điểm chuyển đổi cũng sẽ có thay đổi tuỳ thuộc theo từng bài thi.
LO
Ví dụ, cùng là thang điểm 8.0 nhưng số câu trả lời đúng ở mỗi bài thi được tính khác
nhau theo độ khó dễ của bài thi. Tuy nhiên, sự thay đổi số câu trả lời đúng đối với
từng band điểm chỉ dao động lên xuống khoảng từ 1-2 câu, vì vậy mà Bảng tính
điểm này vẫn là một nguồn đáng tin cậy để các bạn tính điểm cho bài thi IELTS
Listening của mình. H
N
Như vậy, với cách tính điểm đã được miêu tả chi tiết cho từng band điểm như
trong bảng trên, bạn đã có thể dễ dàng xác định được số câu trả lời cần đúng để đạt
A
Sau khi đã nắm được hết các thông tin cơ bản về bài thi IELTS Listening rồi, hãy
tiếp tục với hành trình chinh phục kỹ năng Listening của mình qua việc tìm hiểu các
Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp cũng như Lộ trình cho mình nhé!
S
LT
IE
Mình xin giới thiệu về các sản phẩm giáo dục IELTS Thanh Loan đang cung cấp
như sau:
N
1. Khoá học offline tại Hà Nội để đảm bảo sự tương tác tốt nhất giữa giáo viên
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
và người học, tạo môi trường học vui vẻ, thân thiện và tập trung.
A
2. Khoá học IELTS online để tăng tính linh hoạt về thời gian, không gian học.
LO
https://online.ielts-thanhloan.com/
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
3. Sản phẩm sách ebook IELTS do IELTS Thanh Loan biên soạn hỗ trợ bạn
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/danh-muc/sach-ielts-thanh-loan-viet/
Dịch
H
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/chua-bai-ielts-writing
4. https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-advanced
vụ chữa bài IELTS Writing online có phí cho các bạn đang luyện đề.
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-advanced
N
Chúc bạn học tập tốt!
A
TH
S
LT
IE
II
Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp
và Lộ trình
N
1. Kỹ thuật nghe
A
a. Kỹ thuật dự đoán
LO
Trong bài thi IELTS Listening, việc dự đoán đáp án không chỉ giúp dễ dàng hơn
trong việc theo dõi nội dung bài nghe, mà còn giúp dễ dàng bắt được từ vựng cần
điền vào chỗ trống.
H
Kỹ thuật dự đoán đáp án này chủ yếu được áp dụng cho dạng câu hỏi điền từ vào chỗ
N
trống, cụ thể hơn là các dạng câu hỏi cho trước nội dung bài nghe và để trống một
thông tin. Và nhiệm vụ của bạn là nghe và điền thông tin còn thiếu vào chỗ trống đó.
A
Phần đa trong bài thi Nghe, các đáp án thường được tồn tại dưới dạng:
- Danh từ hoặc cụm danh từ
- Động từ (động từ nguyên thể hoặc động từ dưới dạng Ving)
S
- Tính từ
- Trạng từ
LT
Đáp án trong Listening gần như không bao giờ tồn tại dưới dạng
- Giới từ hoặc cụm giới từ
IE
- Mệnh đề
N
Danh từ không có “s” a/ an/ much + ... a book
(khi là noun không → sau mạo từ “a” là một danh từ
A
đếm được/ đếm được số đếm được số ít
ít)
LO
be + adj + ... is inaccurate information
→ trước adj “inaccurate” không có
mạo từ nên sau nó sẽ là 1 danh từ
H không đếm được.
N
Danh từ có “s” khi several/ many/ a many books
(là danh từ đếm được number of/ a → sau “many” là một danh từ đếm
A
N
/role of + ... → sau “take the position” là một
(tiếp quản vị trí noun chỉ người
A
gì)
LO
be given the was given the role of a manager
position /role of + → sau “be given the role” là một
... (được giao cho danh từ chỉ người
H
vị trí gì)
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
thông minh)
A
→ sau trạng từ là một tính từ
LO
(A/AN/THE/Ø) + ... + NOUN This is a thick book (đó là một cuốn sách
dày)
→ sau mạo từ và trước danh từ là 1 tính từ
THE + ...
H
They are the poor (họ là người nghèo)
N
(nhóm người) → Sau “the” là một tính từ
A
Trường hợp câu so sánh: She is much taller than me (cô ấy cao hơn
(MUCH/ FAR/ A LITTLE/ tôi)
TH
N
thông minh)
A
→ trước tính từ là một trạng từ
LO
Trường hợp ĐẶC BIỆT:
Trường hợp đặc biệt ở đây áp dụng cho câu hỏi không chứa từ vựng nào giúp xác
định được từ loại của chỗ trống cần điền. H
Ví dụ:
N
Disadvantages of living in the city
A
- polluted
- ... → không có từ nào giúp bạn xác định từ loại của từ vựng cần điền vào chỗ
TH
trống.
→ Trong trường hợp này, bạn có thể dựa vào từ loại của các ý tương đương với chỗ
trống cần điền vì các ý của các bullet points (dấu đầu dòng) sẽ có từ loại giống nhau.
S
→ “polluted” là một tính từ >> từ loại cần điền sẽ phải là một tính từ
LT
Note: Bảng trên chỉ đề cập đến những trường hợp điển hình cho từng loại từ: danh
từ, động từ, tính từ, trạng từ. Vì vậy, vẫn còn nhiều trường hợp khác chưa được đề
IE
cập mà bạn cần học khi luyện tập từng bài tập của dạng câu hỏi này.
Loại thông tin cần tìm liên quan đến chủ đề gì, nói về cái gì, có thể là đáp án nào ...
Để xác định được loại thông tin cần điền, bạn sẽ cần quan sát:
- Thông tin xung quanh chỗ trống hoặc được cung cấp ở câu hỏi
- Chủ đề của bài nghe (do tiêu đề của bài nghe hoặc các từ xung quanh)
- Giới hạn từ được cung cấp ở câu hỏi
N
Dựa vào GIỚI TỪ đứng trước chỗ trống cần điền
A
Nếu trước chỗ trống cần điền là một giới từ, bạn hoàn toàn có thể đoán được thông
tin cần điền vào chỗ trống đó theo bảng dưới đây:
LO
Prep Các thông tin có thể đứng sau Ví dụ
(Giới từ) prep
N
chỉ vị trí trên bề mặt on the table
A
WITH làm gì cùng với ai with Minh/ his father
LO
chỉ sự sở hữu (mang nghĩa là “có”) (a computer) with a memory
chỉ một tác nhân (công cụ để làm (see it) with a microscope
gì)
H
Ví dụ: Industrial workers found coffee helped them to work AT .....
N
(Công nhân ngành công nghiệp nhận thấy rằng cafe giúp họ có thể làm việc .....)
A
→ Với giới từ “AT” trước chỗ trống cần điền, mà cafe thì thường giúp chúng ta tỉnh
táo khi nào? Có thể là at NIGHT → vào ban đêm chẳng hạn
TH
S
LT
IE
Ví dụ: Age (tuổi): .... → dễ dàng đoán được thông tin cần điền phải là số tuổi
Một số từ khóa giúp bạn dễ dàng đoán được thông tin cần điền vào chỗ trống:
N
Từ khóa Ví dụ thông tin cần điền
A
Name (tên) → cần nghe tên như Lan, John
LO
Age (tuổi) → cần nghe tuổi như 25, 47
Country (quốc gia) → cần 1 tên nước như Vietnam, Japan
Nationality (quốc tịch) → cần từ vựng về quốc tịch như
Vietnamese, Japanese
Hobbies (sở thích)
H
→ cần một sở thích nào đó như music,
football
N
Price (giá) → chắc chắn sẽ là tiền được nhắc dưới
dạng số như $10
A
Phone number (số điện thoại) → bạn sẽ cần nghe số điện thoại như
TH
0123456789
Occupation/ Job (công việc) → đáp án sẽ là 1 nghề nghiệp như teacher,
doctor, manager
Type of membership (loại thành → người ta có thể chia thành part-time,
S
..... .......
Ví dụ 1: Tiêu đề của bài nghe là Sports World (thế giới thể thao) và câu hỏi là ‘Shop
specialises in equipment for .........’
→ Câu hỏi được dịch là “Cửa hàng thể thao chuyên về các đồ dùng thiết bị cho .........”
và thông tin có thể là một môn thể thao nào đó, ví dụ như football, tennis, baseball
.........
N
Ví dụ 2: Câu hỏi là “They played an important part in social and ......... changes”. Từ
A
cần điền phải là 1 tính từ, bổ sung ý nghĩa cho từ changes và song song với social,
mà chúng ta hay có câu kinh tế - văn hoá - xã hội, nên đáp án có thể là economic
LO
(kinh tế) hoặc cultural (xã hội)
Note: Khi đi thi thật bạn sẽ không có nhiều thời gian để phân tích chi tiết như vậy.
Tuy nhiên, nếu bạn dành nhiều thời gian luyện tập kỹ năng này ở nhà, bạn sẽ có
H
được khả năng phản ứng nhanh hơn rất nhiều với đề thi khi thi thật đấy.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Đặc điểm của IELTS Listening là đáp án không bao giờ được cung cấp trực diện, mà
bài nghe luôn đưa ra thông tin vòng vèo, nhằm đánh lừa người nghe.
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Example Answer
18 years
Minimum joining age : ............
Cost to join per year (without current student card): (3) £ .......................
N
- Số (3) cần điền một con số, là chi phí tham gia 1 năm. Nhấn mạnh từ without current
student card.
A
- Bài nghe có thể cung cấp nếu mà có student card thì chi phí mỗi năm sẽ là bao nhiêu, còn
nếu không có student card thì chắc hẳn chi phí sẽ cao hơn, là bao nhiêu → đáp án sẽ là con
LO
số cao hơn về giá.
được mượn bao nhiêu items thôi → đáp án có lẽ sẽ là con số thấp hơn.
TH
hạn → Đáp án phải là A vì câu hỏi đang nhấn mạnh mức phạt bắt đầu từ bao nhiêu.
- Câu (6) cần điền 1 số để chỉ nếu muốn dùng máy tính, thì mình cần đặt trước bao lâu.
Nhấn mạnh từ up to.
- Up to là tối đa, trong bài nói họ có thể nói đặt ít nhất là trước mấy giờ, mà không quá mấy
giờ (no more than)
Paraphrase là kỹ năng chìa khóa trong bài thi IELTS, cụ thể là đối với bài thi IELTS
Listening, thông tin dùng để trả lời câu hỏi chính là các từ vựng đã được
“paraphrase” từ câu hỏi.
N
Paraphrase là viết lại 1 câu (sử dụng từ đồng nghĩa, hay cấu trúc khác …) mà không
làm thay đổi nghĩa của câu gốc.
A
Áp dụng trong bài thi IELTS Listening, thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ luôn
LO
“paraphrase” từ vựng được sử dụng trong câu hỏi. Một trong những cách
“paraphrase” phổ biến trong kỹ năng nghe đó là sử dụng các từ vựng đồng nghĩa,
vậy nên trước khi nghe, bạn hãy nên cố gắng đoán trước 1 số những từ đồng nghĩa
với từ chìa khoá trong câu hỏi là gì, để có thể định hình cách “paraphrase” trong bài
H
nghe.
N
Ví dụ cách các từ vựng đồng nghĩa được sử dụng trong bài thi IELTS Listening để
“paraphrase” một câu hỏi.
A
TH
S
LT
IE
“His style was good” “My overall style was quite professional”
“They didn’t look at the audience “They didn’t worry about keeping eye
enough” contact with their audience”
N
“After she gave her presentation, “When I finished I didn’t feel any real
Hiroko felt dissatisfied” sense of satisfaction.”
A
LO
“Sarah provides food and drinks” “Sarah makes sure the visitors are kept
fed and watered.”
“The level of the appropriate “We need to label the level of the
H
materials should be more clearly appropriate materials more clearly.”
shown.”
N
A
“Buy some workbooks and divide “Introduce some workbooks and break
them up.” them up into separate pages.”
S
“Speak to the teachers and organise “Talk to the teachers and make sure we
LT
Example Answer
18 years
Minimum joining age : ............
Cost to join per year (without current student card): (3) £ .......................
N
- Cost to join = each member has to pay …
- per year = annually = each/ every year
A
Number of items allowed: (members of public) (4) .......................
LO
- allow = you can borrow ….
Login times: four weeks
Khi học bất cứ một môn học gì, bạn đều cần có phương pháp để việc học trở nên hiệu
quả hơn. Đối với kỹ năng nghe này cũng vậy, bạn cũng cần một phương pháp luyện
nghe riêng cho bản thân.
N
Chúng ta có hai phương pháp luyện nghe cơ bản:
- Nghe chép chính tả
A
- Nghe lặp lại
Phía dưới, bạn sẽ được chia sẻ cụ thể về cách thức luyện nghe theo từng phương
LO
pháp này và ưu nhược điểm của nó.
Nghe “chép chính tả” là NGHE VÀ CHÉP LẠI tất cả thông tin bạn nghe được. Nghe
theo phương pháp này tạo nên độ chính xác cao trong quá trình nghe.
TH
Nếu chỉ nghe 1 lần mà bạn đã hiểu được 60% bài nghe trở lên, bạn có hai sự lựa
chọn:
- Chuyển sang nguồn nghe khó hơn và thực hiện nghe chép chính tả
IE
- Vẫn sử dụng nguồn nghe này và chuyển sang phương pháp nghe lặp lại
N
nghe chính thống nổi tiếng như BBC hoặc CNN….
- Nguồn nghe đề cập đến chủ đề bạn hứng thú. Nếu bạn thích thể thao, hãy nghe và
A
chép chính tả những bản tin thể thao …. Việc chọn nguồn mình thích giúp bạn không
LO
bị oải, chán khi chép chính tả
- Nguồn nghe có phụ đề hoặc Transcript đi kèm (Transcript là phần ghi chép lại toàn
bộ nội dung bài nghe). Điều này rất quan trọng.
- Nguồn nghe có độ dài: từ 2-6 phút là tối đa, vì nếu bài nghe kéo dài 2 phút, bạn đã
phải mất 1-2 tiếng để hoàn thành phần chép chính tả, và độ dài có thể lên đến 2 mặt
H
giấy A4. Chọn nguồn nghe quá dài khiến bạn không thể đủ thời gian chép tất, nên
N
hay bỏ giữa chừng
A
chính tả, có thể bạn chỉ nghe 2-5 giây rồi dừng lại để chép luôn. Nếu bạn đã luyện
nghe chép chính tả nhiều, bạn có thể nghe cả mệnh đề hoặc 1 câu dài rồi mới dừng
lại chép.
- Chép lại tất cả những thông tin nghe được xuống giấy/ vở.
S
- Nếu nghe lần 1 bạn còn sót thông tin, chưa nghe được cả mệnh đề hoặc cả câu, bạn
có thể tua đi tua lại nhiều lần để nghe lại phần thông tin bị thiếu.
LT
- Cuối cùng, đối chiếu với Transcript/ Phụ đề với phần thông tin bạn chép và hoàn
thành thông tin còn thiếu trong bản đã chép ra bằng một màu mực khác. Những
thông tin bạn không nghe được có thể do bạn không viết từ đó, hoặc không biết phát
IE
âm, hoặc phát âm sai từ đó, hoặc chưa biết những nguyên tắc nối âm liên quan …..
và đó chính là phần bạn cần cải thiện để nghe tốt hơn.
N
mình.
A
Ưu điểm và Nhược điểm của nghe chép chính tả
LO
Ưu điểm Nhược điểm
Giúp nghe và hiểu thực sự nội dung Cực kỳ oải nếu bạn không phải là người
của bài nghe
Giúp mở rộng vốn từ vựng và cải
Hbền bỉ, vì việc chép chính tả tốn nhiều
thời gian, nhàm chán và lặp đi lặp lại,
N
thiện điểm yếu về phát âm từng từ đau tai, mỏi tay ....
riêng lẻ
A
và cả ngữ điệu
→ Chính vì vậy, mặc dù phương pháp này phù hợp với mọi trình độ nhưng bạn phải
thực sự là một người rất kiên nhẫn mới có thể luyện nghe theo phương pháp này
S
được.
LT
IE
https://listen-and-write.com/
Đây là trang mạng được thiết kế dành riêng cho phương pháp luyện nghe chép chính
tả, thay vì phải ghi chép ra giấy, bạn sẽ đánh máy nội dung nghe được. Trang mạng
có một số đặc tính sau:
- Nội dung xoay quanh những chủ đề xảy ra trong cuộc sống hàng ngày
- Có đánh giá mức độ khó của mỗi bài nghe giúp bạn chọn nguồn nghe phù hợp
N
- Độ dài của các video chỉ dao động từ 1 - 5 phút
- Cung cấp phần trống để người nghe điền vào những thông tin nghe được
A
- Và nhiều tính năng hỗ trợ khác
LO
https://www.voicetube.com/
Trang mạng này cung cấp đầy đủ tính năng phù hợp cho việc luyện nghe chép chính
tả.
- Cung cấp các video luôn kèm theo transcript H
- Video phân theo trình độ: từ cơ bản (basic) đến nâng cao (advanced), nên nó phù
hợp với các bạn ở mọi trình độ khác nhau
N
- Video được ghi chú rõ giọng nói: là của Anh - Anh (UK), Anh - Mỹ (US), hay Anh -
Úc (AU)...
A
- Video nói về đa dạng các chủ đề khác nhau: từ các chủ đề quen thuộc trong đời sống
TH
hàng ngày (như How I disciplined myself) đến những chủ đề học thuật hơn (như
How Japan’s new imperial era can bring fresh hope)
- Độ dài của các videos được phân loại rõ ràng: từ 3 phút, 3 - 5 phút, 5 - 10 phút cho
đến hơn 10 phút.
S
https:/ www.ted.com/#/
LT
Ted cũng cung cấp các tính năng tương tự với các tính năng có trong trang mạng
Voicetube. Tuy nhiên, Ted có thêm một vài tính năng nổi bật nữa, đó là:
- Đưa ra đề xuất những videos thuộc chủ đề mà bạn đăng ký ngay trong lần đăng
IE
Bạn cũng có thể hoàn toàn nghe chép chính tả với chính những bài thực hành trong
cuốn sách này. Các bài thực hành trong cuốn sách đều đảm bảo các tiêu chí của một
nguồn nghe tốt, giúp bạn kết hợp cải thiện khả năng nghe và học IELTS.
N
mà bạn nghe được, việc của bạn chỉ là nghe một đoạn audio nhiều hơn một lần (có
thể là 2/ 3 hay thậm chí là 5 lần) cho đến khi bạn nghe và hiểu hết được nội dung của
A
bài nghe đó trong khả năng của bạn.
LO
Đối tượng phù hợp
Phương pháp nghe Repetition sẽ phù hợp nếu bạn thuộc nhóm như sau:
- Nghe 1 lần và hiểu được 60% nội dung bài nghe trở lên
- Đang gặp khó khăn trong việc hiểu và phân tích thông tin kịp với tốc độ của bài
H
nghe, hoặc khó khăn trong việc song song nghe và chọn đáp án thích hợp
- Phù hợp hơn với giai đoạn luyện IELTS Listening theo dạng câu hỏi (sử dụng bài
N
nghe trong cuốn sách này) hoặc là luyện đề IELTS Listening
A
bài nghe
LT
- Đặc biệt tua đi tua lại thông tin liên quan đến câu hỏi mình làm sai ở lần 1 để giải
thích đáp án đúng đáng nhẽ ra là gì, mình đã chọn sai ở lần 1 vì sao
IE
N
Ưu/ nhược điểm của phương pháp nghe Repetition
A
- Phương pháp Repetition giúp bạn tăng phản xạ nghe (nghe và hiểu thông tin bài
nghe với tốc độ nhanh hơn) nên rất phù hợp cho giai đoạn luyện tập IELTS. Điểm
LO
yếu nhất của nghe chép chính tả là giảm tốc độ phân tích thông tin khi nghe, và
phương pháp Repetition giúp bạn xử lý vấn đề đó.
- Nghe Repetition giúp bạn tranh thủ thời gian nghe, không cần phải ngồi vào bàn
để học nghe mà có thể nghe mọi lúc mọi nơi.
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Khi học bất cứ một môn học hay kỹ năng gì, bạn cũng cần có một lộ trình học cho
riêng mình - một lộ trình thể hiện được rằng bạn sẽ bắt đầu từ đâu, luyện như thế
nào, sử dụng phương pháp gì, và trong thời gian cụ thể là bao nhiêu …
Việc lập một lộ trình học giúp việc học trở nên khoa học (đi từ dễ đến khó, từ tổng
N
quát đến chi tiết), trở nên hiệu quả, và tiết kiệm thời gian hơn.
A
a. Lộ trình luyện IELTS Listening
LO
Nên được chia thành 3 giai đoạn như sau:
Giai đoạn 1: Tìm hiểu thông tin cơ bản của bài thi
H
Rất đơn giản, thông tin về bài thi gồm có cấu trúc bài thi, các dạng câu hỏi hay cách
tính điểm của bài thi ra sao ….
N
Bạn chỉ cần đọc chương I của cuốn sách này để nắm được những thông tin trên.
A
Đặt mục tiêu cho bản thân. Mục tiêu nên chia thành những giai đoạn nhỏ, ví dụ như
3 tháng tới bạn sẽ đạt đến trình độ nào.
TH
Mỗi dạng câu hỏi có các đặc điểm, sử dụng các nhóm từ vựng điển hình, và có cách
S
thức tiếp cận riêng, vì vậy việc bắt đầu luyện nghe theo từng dạng câu hỏi là cách để
LT
bạn nắm chắc được các thông tin của từng dạng trước khi đi vào luyện nghe theo đề.
IE
- Tìm hiểu tất cả CÁC THÔNG TIN CƠ BẢN của từng dạng câu hỏi, sau đó lên thời
gian biểu cụ thể cho từng dạng bài sao cho hợp lý.
- NẮM CHẮC LÝ THUYẾT của từng dạng câu hỏi (đặc điểm, ngôn ngữ thường được
sử dụng, cách thức tiếp cận, và một số mẹo nhỏ)
- THỰC HÀNH các bài tập theo từng dạng câu hỏi (theo thứ tự từ bài dễ đến bài
khó) đã được phân loại từ bài tập 1 đến bài tập cuối cùng trong mục bài tập thực
N
hành xuất hiện sau phần lý thuyết của mỗi dạng.
- Sau mỗi bài nghe, cần đối chiếu lại Transcript xem mình sai ở đâu, PHÂN TÍCH
A
LỖI SAI - giải thích lý do tại sao mình sai (có thể là do tốc độ audio nhanh, độ phân
tích thông tin của bạn còn chậm, hay vì câu có chứa từ mới).
LO
- GHI CHÚ LẠI TỪ MỚI (nghĩa của từ vựng kèm phát âm, và trọng âm từ), và các
lỗi sai sau mỗi bài nghe.
Hãy lên thời gian biểu cho từng dạng và theo dõi mức độ hoàn thành của mình sau
H
mỗi một tuần trước khi tiếp tục với thời gian biểu cho tuần tiếp theo. Nhớ lập thời
gian biểu theo nguyên tắc SPECIFIC - nguyên tắc chi tiết, lên một thời gian biểu
N
thật chi tiết với từng nhiệm vụ rõ ràng được thực hiện trong một khung giờ hợp lý
nhất với bạn.
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Ví dụ: Thời gian biểu luyện nghe theo từng kỹ năng (với tổng thời gian là 9 tuần):
TUẦN 1: DẠNG 1 - Dạng Letters and Numbers
N
Ngày 1 tìm hiểu lý thuyết 9 a.m - 11 a.m
A
Ngày 2 làm bài thực hành 1 + 2 + 3 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 30/100 câu
LO
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
Ngày 3 làm bài thực hành 4 + 5 + 6 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 34/ 100 câu
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
Ngày 4
H
làm bài thực hành 7 + 8 + 9 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 35/ 100 câu
N
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
A
Ngày 5 làm bài thực hành 10 + 11 + 12 sau 9 a.m - 11 a.m 37/ 100 câu
TH
Ngày 6 làm bài thực hành 13 + 14 + 15 sau 9 a.m - 11 a.m 40/ 100 câu
đó phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
S
LT
Ngày 7 tổng hợp lại các lỗi sai, từ mới của 9 a.m - 11 a.m
dạng 1
IE
Ngày 2 làm bài thực hành 1 + 2 + 3 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 25/100 câu
N
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
A
Ngày 3 làm bài thực hành 4 + 5 + 6 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 31/ 100 câu
LO
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
Ngày 4 làm bài thực hành 7 + 8 + 9 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 35/ 100 câu
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
H
Ngày 5 làm bài thực hành 10 + 11 + 12 sau 9 a.m - 11 a.m 42/ 100 câu
N
đó phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
A
Ngày 6 làm bài thực hành 13 + 14 + 15 sau 9 a.m - 11 a.m 45/ 100 câu
TH
Ngày 7 tổng hợp lại các lỗi sai, từ mới xuất 9 a.m - 11 a.m
hiện trong dạng 2
S
LT
...... Tương tự với thời gian biểu cho các tuần tiếp theo
IE
Tại sao cần ghi chú lại kết quả đạt được sau mỗi bài nghe?
- Bạn không chỉ phải ghi chú lại các lỗi sai và từ mới sau mỗi bài nghe mà còn phải
ghi chú lại số câu hỏi trả lời đúng. Việc làm như vậy giúp bạn đánh giá được mức độ
tiến bộ của mình qua từng ngày/ từng tuần và từng tháng.
Sau khi hoàn thành xong 9 dạng câu hỏi, bạn tiếp tục bắt tay vào luyện đề với hai
giai đoạn.
N
mất tập trung, không thể tập trung dẫn đến bỏ qua nhiều thông tin quan trọng và
khá đau đầu vì chưa quen tập trung trong khoảng thời gian dài.
A
- Hơn nữa, bắt đầu với việc nghe từng phần giúp bạn rút ra một số đặc điểm, lưu ý
trong từng Part và đặt mục tiêu nhỏ cho từng Part nhằm đạt kết quả mong muốn.
LO
Bạn cần lên một thời khóa biểu cụ thể cho giai đoạn này cũng như một bảng lưu ý
kết quả cũng như những lỗi sai bạn mắc phải qua các bài thực hành.
Ngày 3 Part 1 - Cam 6/10 - tên phòng thường kèm cả số lẫn chữ
7 Test 3 (H659 chứ không phải 8659). H và 8 khác
IE
.... Tương tự với thời gian biểu cho những ngày luyện tập tiếp theo và 3 Parts còn lại
N
trung vào nội dung của bài nghe.
- Khi luyện tập 1 bài thi đầy đủ, bạn sẽ dần dần tăng khoảng thời gian tập trung của
A
mình.
Ước tính được điểm số hiện tại
LO
- Làm bài thi trong thời gian quy định, với những yêu cầu như trong phòng thi
(không sử dụng từ điển) sau đó kiểm tra đáp án được cung cấp ở cuối sách.
- So sánh với bảng mô tả điểm đã được nhắc đến trong chương I, quy đổi sang điểm
số IELTS tương ứng để tiện theo dõi sự tiến bộ của mình cũng như đánh giá xem
H
mình đã sẵn sàng đi thi hay chưa.
N
Luôn nhớ lập thời khóa biểu cho mỗi giai đoạn nhất định!
A
Nguyên tắc luyện kỹ năng nghe là Chất lượng hơn Số lượng, bạn làm được một đề
với giải thích cụ thể đáp án cho từng câu hỏi, phân tích chi tiết từng lỗi sai, ghi chú
TH
các từ mới một cách cẩn thận còn hơn việc bạn làm được 10 đề nhưng chỉ đối chiếu
đáp án rồi thôi.
S
LT
IE
N
- Câu 34 + 38 + 40: từ mới
A
Từ mới:
- erosion /ɪˈrəʊ.ʒən/: xói mòn
LO
- reproduction /ˌriː.prəˈdʌk.ʃən/: sản sinh
- expansion /ɪkˈspæn.ʃən/: sự mở rộng
Nhìn vào mục “Kết quả” bạn sẽ đánh giá được điểm số hiện tại mà mình đạt được là
bao nhiêu, đây cũng là thước đo giúp bạn xem mức độ tiến bộ của bạn qua một tháng
luyện tập.
S
Mục “Lưu ý” sẽ là mục giúp bạn cải thiện được các lỗi sai đã gặp phải trong bài thi
LT
trước đó, đồng thời giúp bạn nhận diện được bạn đang yếu ở đâu để tập trung nhiều
thời gian hơn vào cải thiện các điểm yếu đó.
IE
Ví dụ: bạn thường mắc nhiều lỗi sai do không theo kịp tốc độ của người nói. Vì vậy,
hãy luyện nghe với tốc độ chậm hơn (chỉnh từ tốc độ chuẩn xuống 0.75, sau đó dần
dần nghe sang tốc độ chuẩn, và lên 1.25). Khi đã tăng tốc độ 1.25 và nghe quen với
tốc độ này, thì việc quay lại với tốc độ 1.00 sẽ trở nên dễ hơn nhiều.
N
thức lí thuyết và đi kèm với đa dạng bài tập thực hành, mà còn đảm bảo đi sát cấu
trúc bài thi IELTS Listening.
A
- Cuốn Listening IELTS Strategies cũng rất nổi tiếng với các bài luyện thi theo dạng
câu hỏi, nhưng cuốn sách không sát thật và có nhiều đáp án còn chưa chính xác
LO
Nguồn luyện IELTS Listening theo bài thi đầy đủ:
- Cambridge IELTS practice test từ cuốn 7 trở về sau là nguồn thi sát thật nhất
- The Official Guide to IELTS của nhà xuất bản Cambridge, gồm 8 bài thi ở cuối
H
cuốn sách cũng rất hay
Bạn có thể tải các cuốn sách này trên mạng, chúng được chia sẻ khá rộng rãi.
N
Chuẩn bị trước khi nghe
A
- Hãy tận dụng khoảng thời gian 30 giây trước khi audio phát để đọc qua nội dung
bài nghe/ từng câu hỏi, sau đó gạch chân các từ khóa giúp bạn dễ dàng xác định được
thông tin cần trả lời.
- Ghi chú lại nội dung chính của các câu hỏi ở Part 3, và Part 4 bằng tiếng Việt (vì
S
câu hỏi của 2 parts này dài và thường chứa nhiều từ vựng khó).
LT
cho việc đối chiếu thông tin được đề cập trong audio với thông tin trong câu hỏi để từ
đó tìm ra câu trả lời) đặc biệt với dạng Matching và Multiple Choice.
- Hãy bỏ qua những câu bạn không nghe được thông tin và di chuyển ngay lập tức
sang câu hỏi tiếp theo để theo kịp nội dung được phát trong bài nghe.
Đó là cách thức để bạn làm một đề thi IELTS Listening đầy đủ.
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Mình xin giới thiệu về các sản phẩm giáo dục IELTS Thanh Loan đang cung cấp
như sau:
N
1. Khoá học offline tại Hà Nội để đảm bảo sự tương tác tốt nhất giữa giáo viên
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
và người học, tạo môi trường học vui vẻ, thân thiện và tập trung.
A
2. Khoá học IELTS online để tăng tính linh hoạt về thời gian, không gian học.
LO
https://online.ielts-thanhloan.com/
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
3. Sản phẩm sách ebook IELTS do IELTS Thanh Loan biên soạn hỗ trợ bạn
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/danh-muc/sach-ielts-thanh-loan-viet/
III
Các dạng câu hỏi
điển hình
(Kèm thực hành)
N
Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers
A
Dạng câu hỏi đầu tiên chúng ta đi vào tìm hiểu đó là dạng câu hỏi Letters (bảng chữ
cái) và dạng câu hỏi Numbers (số).
LO
Dạng câu hỏi liên quan đến bảng chữ cái và số thường được xuất hiện trong Part 1 -
phần dễ nhất trong bài thi IELTS Listening, chính vì vậy, các bạn cần nắm chắc tất
cả các thông tin và cách phát âm của chúng để không làm sai những câu hỏi dễ ăn
điểm này. H
a. Kiến thức
N
Một số ví dụ dạng câu hỏi Letters and Numbers
A
Transport Survey
Name: Luisa …Hardie…… nghe tên người (Letter)
S
(Letter + Number)
Address: …46 Wombat… Road, Woodside, 4032 nghe địa chỉ (Letter and Number)
Address: …48 North Avenue……, Westsea nghe địa chỉ (Letter and Number)
N
nghe số lượng
Telephone: ……01674 553242……... nghe số điện thoại (Number)
vé (Number)
A
nghe giá tiền
Date Event (Number) Price per ticket No. of ticket
23 June Spanish Dance & Guitar Concert £....10.50............ ……4……
LO
NB: Children/ Students/ Senior Citizens have ……50%….. discount on all tickets.
nghe mức độ giảm
giá (Number)
H
Nhìn vào 3 ví dụ ở trên, các bạn có thể thấy có rất nhiều loại thông tin mà bạn
N
cần vận dụng đến Letters (Bảng chữ cái) và Numbers (Con số). Chúng có thể là
những thông tin liên quan đến Tên/ Tuổi/ Địa chỉ/ Mã bưu điện/ Ngày tháng năm/ Số
A
tiền …
TH
Chính vì vậy, việc thành thạo nhóm Từ vựng liên quan đến Bảng chữ cái và
Con số là điều cực kỳ quan trọng.
S
LT
IE
Đối với dạng câu hỏi này, các bạn cần nắm chắc được cách viết cũng như là cách phát
âm của nhóm Từ vựng về Bảng chữ cái, nhóm Từ vựng về Số đếm, và nhóm Từ vựng
về số thứ tự. Hãy cùng ôn tập lại các nhóm từ vựng này ngay thôi!
N
A
A /eɪ/ B /bi/ C /si/ D /di/ E /i/ F /ef/
G /dʒi/ H /eɪtʃ/ I /aɪ/ J /dʒeɪ/ K /keɪ/ L /el/
LO
M /em/ N /en/ O /əʊ/ P /pi/ Q /kjuː/ R /ɑr/
S /es/ T /ti/ U /ju/ V /vi/ W /ˈdʌb·əl·ju/
X /eks/ Y /wɑɪ/ Z /zi/ /zed/
0 zero /ˈzɪə.rəʊ/
1 one /wʌn/ first /ˈfɜːst/
2 two /tuː/ second /ˈsek.ənd/
3 three /θriː/ third /θɜːd/
S
N
18 eighteen /ˌeɪˈtiːn/ eighteenth /ˌeɪˈtiːnθ/
19 nineteen /ˌnaɪnˈtiːn/ nineteenth /ˌnaɪnˈtiːnθ/
A
20 twenty /ˈtwen.ti/ twentieth /ˈtwen.ti.əθ/
21 twenty-one /ˈtwen.ti wʌn/ twenty-first /ˈtwen.ti.əθ ˈfɜːst/
LO
22 twenty-two /ˈtwen.ti tuː/ twenty-second /ˈtwen.ti.əθ sek.ənd/
30 thirty /ˈθɜː.ti/ thirtieth /ˈθɜː.ti.əθ/
40 forty /ˈfɔː.ti/ fortieth /ˈfɔː.ti.əθ/
50
60
fifty
sixty
/ˈfɪf.ti/
/ˈsɪk.sti/
H fiftieth
sixtieth
/ˈfɪf.ti.əθ/
/ˈsɪk.sti.əθ/
N
70 seventy /ˈsev.ən.ti/ seventieth ˈ/sev.ən.ti.əθ/
80 eighty /ˈeɪ.ti/ eightieth /ˈeɪ.ti.əθ/
A
101 one/ a hundred /ˈhʌn.drəd ənd hundred and first /ˈhʌn.drəd ənd
and one wʌn/ ˈfɜːst/
1,000 one/ a thousand /ˈθaʊ.zənd/ thousandth /ˈθaʊ.zənθ/
S
1. Đọc tên, sau đó đánh vần từng chữ Ví dụ: My name is Luisa Hardie. The
cái. last name is H_A_R_D_I_E
N
2. Đọc tên kèm minh hoạ hoặc mô tả Ví dụ: My name is Rose, like the name
A
ngắn về cái tên đó. of a flower. / My name is Browne, like a
LO
colour but with an E at the end
3. Với các tên quen thuộc, bài nghe Ví dụ: My name is Alexander and
sẽ chỉ đọc tên đó và không đánh vần. people usually call me Alex for short.
Thí sinh phải tự nghe và đánh vần
tên.
H
N
Nghe địa chỉ
A
Trong tiếng Anh, thông tin của 1 địa điểm nào đó sẽ bao gồm:
TH
Harrogate → Town/City
LT
Yorkshire → Country
WS6 2YH → Postcode
the UK → Country (if sending from abroad)
IE
- Đối với thông tin về House Number, cách phát âm giống như cách đọc số đếm được
nhắc ở trang trước. Đôi khi, số nhà sẽ bao gồm cả số và chữ (Nhà số 26A)
- Đối với thông tin về Street Name, nó có thể được đánh vần từng tên nếu đó là 1 con
phố lạ, hoặc chỉ đọc và không đánh vần nếu đó là 1 con phố quen thuộc, kể cả đối với
người ngoại quốc.
N
Một số con phố quen thuộc, không Một số từ viết tắt, có thể được sử
A
được đánh vần trong khi nghe dụng sau khi đánh vần tên phố
LO
150 Church Avenue Avenue (AVE)
68C Bridge Boulevard Boulevard (BLVD)
3 West Center Center (CTR)
94A River Circle
24 Green Lane
HCircle (CIR)
Lane (LN)
N
54 Station Mount Mount (MT)
102 Seaview Road Road (RD)
A
Một số con phố quen thuộc, không Một số từ viết tắt, có thể được sử
S
được đánh vần trong khi nghe dụng sau tên của 1 căn nhà
LT
N
- ngày (số thứ tự) + of + tháng + năm
Ví dụ: December 3rd, 2019 được đọc là December the third, two thousand and
A
nineteen HAY the third of December, two thousand and nineteen.
LO
Trong IELTS Listening, thí sinh thường được yêu cầu nghe ngày và tháng, rất ít
tình huống hỏi cả ngày-tháng-năm
Viết tắt của số thứ tự sau thông tin về ngày có thể có hoặc không (3rd December hoặc
3 December đều đúng) H
Từ vựng về tháng trong tiếng Anh
N
January /ˈdʒæn.ju.ə.ri/ - tháng một July /dʒuˈlaɪ/ - tháng 7
A
Số điện thoại luôn được đọc bằng số đếm, không phải số thứ tự
Một số lưu ý đối với cách đọc số điện thoại:
IE
N
fifty
Ví dụ: $1.15 = one point fifteen dollar HOẶC one dollar fifteen cents HOẶC one
A
fifteen
LO
Nghe mã bưu điện
Một mã số bưu điện thường bao gồm 6 ký tự, bao gồm cả số và chữ.
Ví dụ: BH5 2OP
Mã bưu điện thường đi theo cặp 2 chữ - 2 số - 2 chữ (BH5 2OP)
H
Có nhiều chữ số và chữ cái có cách phát âm gần giống nhau, chẳng hạn A /ei/,
H /eit∫/, và 8 /eit/, bạn cần chú ý.
N
A
Nghe tuổi
Thông tin về tuổi tác hoàn toàn được đọc bằng số đếm
TH
Thường IELTS Listening chỉ hỏi về số tuổi, đã đi kèm với từ Age hoặc Year(s) Old,
nên khi nghe về tuổi thí sinh thường chỉ viết số tuổi
Ví dụ: Age ...25...
S
LT
N
nhất, nghĩa là âm “-ty”.
Tuy vậy, các bạn vẫn cần thực hành luyện nghe nhiều giữa các số đếm, cũng như số
A
thứ tự có đuôi “-teen” và “-ty” để thấy được sự khác biệt giữa chúng và tránh nhầm
lẫn đáng tiếc.
LO
Lỗi sai thứ hai: Nhầm giữa chữ “H” với số “8”
Lỗi sai này cũng khá phổ biến, đặc biệt là với những câu hỏi chứa loại thông tin cần
điền vừa là chữ cái, lại vừa là số đếm như loại thông tin về mã bưu điện.
H
Nhìn vào cách phát âm của hai từ này, chúng ta có thể thấy “H” được phát âm là
/eɪtʃ/, trong khi “8” được phát âm là /eɪt/. Âm /tʃ/ trong từ “H” sẽ được phát âm nặng
N
hơn âm /t/ trong số “8”.
A
Lỗi sai thứ năm: Nhầm lẫn giữa tiếng Việt và tiếng Anh
Có rất nhiều chữ cái mà cách phát âm lại tiếng Anh trùng với một chữ cái khác của
tiếng Việt, cũng dễ gây nhầm lẫn.
Ví dụ: E /i/ nhưng các bạn lại viết thành I
R /ɑːr/ nhưng các bạn lại viết thành A
Exercise 1:
Listen carefully to the tape and write down the following names and places
1............................................................................
2............................................................................
3............................................................................
N
4............................................................................
5............................................................................
A
6............................................................................
7............................................................................
LO
8............................................................................
Exercise 2: H
Listen to the names of the places and write them down. Do you know where these
N
places are in Britain?
A
19..................... 20.....................
LT
Listen to the following dialogue between an operator and an enquirer. As you listen,
write down the type of call, name and phone number in the space below
N
Caller : 2.…………………………..
Operator : What is the number?
A
Caller : 3.…………………………..
LO
Source: IELTS Listening strategies
Exercise 4:
Listen to the following dialogue between an operator and an enquirer. As you listen,
H
write down the name, address and phone number in the spaces below.
N
Operator : Directory Enquiries. What city please?
A
Enquirer : 1..…………………………..
Operator : Name?
TH
Enquirer : 2..…………………………..
Operator : Thank you. And could you tell me his address?
Enquirer : 3..……Grestone Road
Operator : The number is 4.…………………………..
S
LT
Listen to the self-introductions and complete the information about each person.
N
Chris 3........................ 4........................
Paulo 5........................ 6........................
A
Source: Basic IELTS Listening
LO
Exercise 6:
Listen to the following dialogue between an operator and an enquirer. As you listen,
write down the name, address and phone number in the space below.
N
Enquirer: 2) ..………………………..
A
Operator: And her address?
Enquirer: 3) ..………………………..
LO
Operator: The number is 4)………………………..
Exercise 8:
H
You will hear a conversation between a secretary and a student. The secretary is
N
asking the student for information in order to complete an application form for a
A
course. As you listen, fill in the appropriate information on the form below.
TH
Surname 1)……..…………………..
(IN CAPITAL LETTERS)
First name 2)………………………..
Country 3)………………………..
S
Address 4)………………………..
Telephone No. 5)…..........…………..…..
LT
Age 6).………………………..
You will hear a conversation between a secretary and a student. The secretary is
asking the student for information in order to complete an application form for a
course.
As you listen, fill in the appropriate information on the form below.
Surname 1)……..…………………..
N
(IN CAPITAL LETTERS)
First name 2)………………………..
A
Country 3)………………………..
Address 4)………………………..
LO
Telephone No. 5)…..........…………..…..
Age 6)..………………………..
asking the student for information in order to complete an application form for a
course.
TH
Surname 1)……..…………………..
(IN CAPITAL LETTERS)
First name 2)………………………..
S
Country 3)………………………..
LT
Age 4)………………………..
Address 5) 45 Hardcourt Lane …..
Telephone No. 6)………………………..
IE
Listen to some short dialogues. In each dialogue, you will hear someone ask a
question about the time. When the answers is given, write down the time in the
space below.
N
2. A: Do you have the right time , please?
B: I think it's ………………………
A
3. A : Do you know what time the next bus is, please?
LO
B: Yes. It's………………………
B: ………………………
8. A: Excuse me, please. What time does the Liverpool train arrive?
B: ………………………
IE
You will hear a dialogue. As you listen, fill in the form below
N
Monday 1..………………… Room no. 4……………………..
Friday 2.…………………. Room no. 5……………………..
A
Length of each lesson 3………………………
LO
Source: IELTS Listening strategies
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
You will hear some announcements from railway stations and airports. These
announcements give information to travellers about train and planes. For each
announcement that you hear, write in the box below the platform, flight number,
time and destination.
Trains
N
Platform No. Time Destination
A
1. .……………… .……………… .………………
LO
2. .……………… .……………… .………………
3. .……………… .……………… .………………
4. .……………… .……………… .………………
5. .……………… .………………
H .………………
6. .……………… .……………… .………………
7. .……………… .……………… .………………
N
8. .……………… .……………… .………………
A
Listen to the tape carefully and write down the area and population for each of the
region.
Table 1
Area People/ sq km
N
UK .………………
A
European Community .………………
England .………………
LO
Greater London .………………
Scotland .………………
Wales .………………
Northern Ireland .………………
Table 2
H
N
City Area (sq km) Population (thousands)
A
You are going to listen to a talk. Look at the table below first, then listen carefully
to the talk and fill in the percentages in the correct column.
N
A
A woman's place is in the 12% 6)...…… 12).…… 19)....……
home
LO
If a couple both earn money, 1)...…… 7)...…… 13).…… 20)....……
both should share the
housework
by women
LT
Note: Thông tin câu trả lời không theo thứ tự vị trí câu hỏi
Dạng câu hỏi rất phổ biến trong Listening là Form Completion
- Form: an official document containing questions and space for answers (đơn)
- Completion: the act or process of finishing something (hoàn thành)
Vậy nên, dạng Form Completion là việc các bạn cần bám theo nội dung của bài nghe
để hoàn thành thông tin của một tờ đơn nào đó.
N
a. Kiến thức
A
Một số đặc điểm của dạng Form Completion
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Test tip
Thường có tên của
tờ đơn giúp người
Accommodation Form - Student Information
N
nghe đoán được
thông tin cơ bản của
A
đoạn hội thoại
Name: Anu 1………………
LO
Date of birth: 2…………………...
Country of origin: India
Course of study: 3……………………
Numbers of years planned in hall: 4…………………....
Preferred catering arrangement:
Special dietary requirements:
H
half board
no 5…………… (red)
N
Preferred room type: a single 6…………
Interests: the 7…………………
A
badminton
Priorities in choice of hall: to be with other students who
TH
are
8 …………………
to live outside the
Contact phone number: 9……………….......
S
socialising
667549
IE
N
passage for each two
answer.
A
LO
Write NO MORE Không quá hai từ three weeks
THAN TWO WORDS → Có thể viết 1 từ hoặc 2 từ speech
from the passage for → Không được sử dụng số
each answer. H
Write NO MORE Không quá 3 từ teacher
N
THAN THREE → Có thể viết 1 từ, 2 từ hoặc a teacher
A
answer.
có con số
→ Có thể viết 2 từ mà không main measurements
có con số
Note: Từ vựng được nối bởi dấu gạch ngang, ví dụ như: “well-being, hay
well-prepared…” chỉ được tính là một từ, vì vậy bạn cần lưu ý để đảm bảo sự chính
xác về số lượng từ cần điền well-being = ONE WORD
Có thể thấy qua ví dụ trên, dạng câu hỏi Form Completion này thường tập trung vào
2 loại thông tin chính:
- Loại thông tin thứ nhất: là các thông tin cá nhân.
- Loại thông tin thứ hai: là các thông tin liên quan đến nội dung được đề cập trong
tiêu đề.
N
Cụ thể như sau:
A
Loại thông tin thứ nhất: Các thông tin cá nhân
Dạng Form Completion thường bắt đầu với những câu hỏi liên quan đến thông tin
LO
cá nhân của một người trong cuộc hội thoại, cụ thể các thông tin cá nhân đó bao gồm:
- Tên; Địa chỉ; Ngày-tháng-năm; Thời gian; Tuổi; Mã bưu điện; Số điện thoại; Giá
cả, Đơn vị đo. H
Tất cả những thông tin này liên quan đến các nhóm Từ vựng về bảng chữ cái và số
đếm đều đã được đề cập đến trong Dạng 1 - Letters and Numbers của chương III.
N
- Quốc gia/ Quốc tịch (Country/ Nationality)
A
Thông tin cá nhân cũng có thể bao gồm quốc tịch hoặc quốc gia mà họ đến từ. Hai
nhóm thông tin này hoàn toàn khác nhau, ví dụ như họ đến từ Vietnam nhưng quốc
TH
Tên Quốc gia Tên Quốc tịch Tên Quốc gia Tên Quốc tịch
(Country) (Nationality) (Country) (Nationality)
N
Japan Japanese England English
Australia Australian Sweden Swedish
A
Malaysia Malaysian Scotland Scottish
Indonesia Indonesian Greece Greek
LO
Cambodia Cambodian The Netherlands Dutch
Italy Italian Spain Spanish
Canada Canadian Germany German
Russia Russian H Thailand Thai
South Korea Korean France French
N
Laos Laotian
A
Note: Nhóm từ vựng về Quốc tịch đồng thời cũng là từ vựng về Ngôn ngữ của quốc
gia đó. Ví dụ người có quốc tịch Vietnamese thì đồng thời ngôn ngữ mẹ đẻ cũng là
TH
Vietnamese.
S
LT
IE
temporary /ˈtemprəri/ (adj) tạm thời major subject môn học chính
N
part-time (adj) làm thêm ngoài minor subject môn học phụ
giờ politics chính trị
A
full-time (adj) làm toàn giờ economics kinh tế
teacher giáo viên accounting kế toán
LO
doctor bác sĩ English tiếng Anh
dentist nha khoa
business kinh doanh
manager quản lý
finance tài chính
interpreter /ɪnˈtɜːprətə(r)/ phiên dịch viên
marketing
H ngành tiếp thị
lawyer /ˈlɔɪə(r)/ luật sư
engineering /ˌendʒɪˈnɪərɪŋ/ kỹ thuật
journalist /ˈdʒɜːnəlɪst/ nhà báo
law luật
N
designer /dɪˈzaɪnə(r)/ nhà thiết kế
hotel management quản trị khách sạn
dancer vũ công
A
physics vật lý
bartender ˈbɑːtendə(r)/ người pha rượu
human resource management quản trị nhân lực
cook đầu bếp
TH
baker /ˈbeɪkə(r)/ thợ làm bánh information technology công nghệ thông tin
N
(going to) the theatre đến rạp chiếu phim
= (going to) the movies
A
(going) shopping đi mua sắm
LO
(playing) sport/ badminton/ football/ tennis chơi thể thao/ chơi cầu lông/ chơi bóng đá/ chơi
đánh tennis
Ví dụ nếu thông tin của tờ đơn là đăng ký vào trung tâm tập gym, bạn sẽ có thể được
hỏi: loại thành viên mà bạn muốn đăng ký, thời gian bạn đi tập, bạn đăng ký với ai
N
không, mục đích của việc đi tập là gì…
A
Nếu thông tin của tờ đơn là thông báo hành lí bị mất, thì bạn có thể được hỏi nhóm
thông tin liên quan như hành lí bao gồm gì, mất ở đâu, rồi giá cả và đặc điểm của
LO
mỗi nhóm hành lí ra sao …..
Đối với loại thông tin thứ hai này, không còn cách nào khác là bạn phải thực hành
thật nhiều để trau dồi từ vựng cho mình. Vì vậy, sau khi đọc xong hướng dẫn, bạn
H
hãy thực hành chăm chỉ với phần bài tập bên dưới.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Đọc kỹ yêu cầu đề bài để xác định yêu cầu đề bài. Cụ thể là xác định giới hạn số
lượng từ cần điền: thường dao động từ 1 - 3 từ, nó có thể là “ONE WORD AND/OR
A NUMBER (một từ và/ hay một số)/ NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS (không nhiều
hơn 2 từ) …”
N
Mục đích của việc xác định giới hạn từ cho phép là để tránh điền thừa thông tin vào
A
mỗi câu trả lời dẫn đến mất điểm đáng tiếc.
Ví dụ: Đề bài: ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER (một từ và/ hoặc một số)
LO
→ Đáp án: temporary job → SAI
→ Đáp án: temporary → ĐÚNG
hỏi.
Ví dụ:
TH
→ Đáp án cần phải là danh từ vì nó đứng sau từ ‘no’, mà lại liên quan đến chế độ ăn
LT
uống đặc biệt → có thể là không thịt hoặc không cá (vì chỉ có thịt cá mới chia thành
màu đỏ hay màu trắng).
IE
Trong quá trình nghe, bạn cần tập trung cao độ và đồng thời điền đáp án vào tờ câu
hỏi. Bạn chỉ được nghe duy nhất 1 lần.
Luôn kiểm tra lại chính tả và nguyên tắc danh từ số ít, số nhiều để đảm bảo đáp án
nghe được chính xác nhất.
- Với các câu hỏi yêu cầu điền thông tin về đơn vị đo lường như: centimetre
/ˈsentɪmiːtə(r)/, metre /ˈmiːtə(r)/, kilogram /ˈkɪləɡræm/ … bạn có thể ghi dạng viết tắt của
các từ vựng này như: cm, m, kg … thay vì viết dạng đầy đủ của từ. Còn trong trường
hợp trong mẫu đã ghi đơn vị ngay sau chỗ trống rồi thì không được phép ghi thêm
nữa.
N
Ví dụ: viết ...... 30 cm...... thay vì viết đầy đủ ......30 centimetre......
Còn nếu câu hỏi đã cho đơn vị đo rồi thì chỉ cần điền số vào chỗ trống:......30...... cm
A
Tương tự với đơn vị về tiền, về đo trọng lượng ......
LO
- Với các câu hỏi bạn còn phân vân xem câu trả lời có đuôi “s” hay “ed” không, hãy
dựa vào ngữ pháp của câu hỏi đó (nếu có thể).
H
Ví dụ: reading some ...... → đáp án phải là books chứ không phải book vì nó đi cùng
với từ chỉ lượng số nhiều ‘some’
N
Hay: a ......room → đáp án phải là shared chứ không phải share vì động từ bị động
đứng trước danh từ, bổ xung ý nghĩa cho danh từ chính
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
N
Good Moves Accommodation Agency
A
Name: 1.........................................
Telephone: 2 .........................................
LO
Heard about us from: 3 .........................................
Type of accommodation preferred: 4 .........................................
Number of people: 5 .........................................
Preferred location: Wants to be close to 6 .........................................
H
Price: maximum 7 £..................................per person (including 8................................)
N
Additional notes:
A
N
A
Ticket Booking Form
LO
Last name: 1........................
Address: 2........................
Wallington, Oxford
Postcode: 3.....................................
Phone number:
H
Home: 4 .......................
5..................: 0872 298 1191(Between 9 a.m and 6............ p.m.)
N
Date of visit: 7......................... 7th
A
TH
N
Name: Jenny Foo
Age: 21
A
Nationality: 1..................
Address: 2..................Road, Bondi
LO
Mobile phone: 3..................
Occupation: 4..................
Free-time interests: Singing and 5..................
H Source: Complete IELTS band 5-6.5
N
Exercise 4:
A
N
Bookings
A
Date of arrival: 1………………………..
LO
Family name: 2………………………..
Contact number: 3………………………..
Camp facilities: 4…………………, water and 5…………
H
N
Source: Complete IELTS band 6.5-7.5
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Car Insurance
N
A
Address: 1.........................Greendale
LO
Contact number: 730453
Occupation: 2.......................
Siza of car engines: 1200cc Type of car:
Manufacturer: Hewton
H Model: 3........................
Year: 1997
N
Previous insurance company: Any Insurance claims in the last
4........................ five years?
A
Yes
No
TH
7........................
Start date: 31 January
Recommended Insurance arrangement
IE
Questions 6-10
Complete the form below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/ OR A NUMBER/ or each answer
Student Details
N
Name: Anita Newman
A
Address: 6 ........................
LO
Room No.7........................
Position available:
H
8........................ at the English
Language Centre
N
Duties: Respond to enquiries and
A
9.......................
TH
Questions 3-10
Complete the form below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
N
Booking Form
A
NAME: Gootgc O'Noll
ADDRESS: 3……………..Westsea
LO
POSTCODE: 4 ……………..
TELEPHONE: 5……………..
6……………...in
the garden)
(Anna Ventura)
LT
Questions 1-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
N
A
LO
• Vacancies for 1........................
• Two shifts
• Can choose your 2........................ (must be the same each week)
• Pay: £5.50 per hour,including a 3........................
H
• A 4........................is provided in the hotel
• Total weekly pay: £231
N
• Dress: a white shirt and 5........................ trousers (not supplied)
a 6........................ (supplied)
A
Job Enquiry
N
• Type of work:1............................................
A
• Number of hours per week: 12 hours
LO
• Would need work permit
• Work in the: 2............................................ branch
• Nearest bus stop:next to 3 ............................................
• Pay: 4 £.............................................an hour
• Extra benefits:
- a free dinner
H
N
- extra pay when you work on 5......................................
- transport home when you work 6........................................
A
• Qualities required:
- 7.........................................
TH
- ability to 8............................................
• Interview arranged for: Thursday 9............................................ at 6 p.m.
• Bring the names of two referees
• Ask for: Samira 10............................................
S
LT
IE
Questions 1-10
Complete the form below.
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
N
Type of accommodation: hall of residence
A
Name: Anu 1..........................
LO
Date of birth: 2..........................
Questions 1-6
Complete the notes below.
Write ONE WORD for each answer.
N
A
LO
Address: 24 1........................................... Road
Postcode: BH5 20P
Phone:
Heard about company from:
H
(mobile) 077 8664 3091
2...........................................
N
Possible self-drive tours
A
Trip One:
• Los Angeles: customer wants to visit some 3........................................... parks with her
TH
children
• Yosemite Park: customer wants to stay in a lodge, not a 4.........................................
Trip Two:
S
Transport Survey
N
Name: Luisa 1......................................
A
Address: 2.......................................White Stone Rd
Area: Bradfield
LO
Postcode: 3 ......................................
Occupation: 4...........................................
Reason for visit to town: to go to the 5......................................
Suggestions for Improvement: H
• better 6......................................
N
• have more footpaths
• more frequent 7.....................................
A
N
Personal Details
A
Child's name: Kate
Age: 1.......................................
LO
Address: 2 .........................................Road,Woodside,4032
Phone: 3345 9865
Childcare Information H
Days enrolled for: Monday and 3..........................................
N
Start time: 4........................................... am
Childcare group: the 5..........................................group
A
Fees
S
Questions 1-6
Complete the notes below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
Thorndyke’s Builders
N
A
Name: Edith 1.......................................
LO
Address: Flat 4,
2............................... Park Flats
(Behind the 3............................... )
Phone number: 875934
H
Best time to contact customer: during the 4...........................
Where to park: opposite entrance next to the 5.............................
N
Needs full quote showing all the jobs and the 6................................
A
TH
Đây là dạng câu hỏi hay xuất hiện trong Part 2. Ban đầu, thí sinh sẽ rất hay sai
dạng câu hỏi này vì khó khăn trong việc định hướng trên biểu đồ và nghe thông tin
dài, nhưng nếu được hướng dẫn, bạn sẽ có thể cải thiện chất lượng câu đúng khá
nhanh, vì Map labelling không có quá nhiều từ vựng khó.
N
a. Kiến thức
A
Đặc điểm của dạng Map Labelling
LO
- Dạng câu hỏi này CHỈ xuất hiện trong Part 2 của bài thi IELTS Listening
- Có hai dạng Map labelling với yêu cầu có đôi chút khác nhau
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
A
LO
Hill Road
Bank
City Road
H Public
N
Gardens
A
Station
Square
TH
Crawley Road
S
Agricultural Park
N
Grazing
Rare Breeds
A
Area 12..................
Section
Area
LO
Experimental H
YOU ARE Reception Crops Area
HERE Block
N
Lake
Marsh
A
13..............
TH
14..................
Area
S
LT
- Trong biểu đồ, sẽ có những địa điểm được xác định trước (như Bank, School,
Supermarket …..) và các địa điểm còn khuyết sẽ được mô tả bám theo các địa điểm
IE
Có 3 nhóm từ vựng chính được nhắc đến trên Map. Trước khi nghe Map, bạn nên học
các từ vựng này trước để nắm bắt những từ vựng thường hay xuất hiện trong bài
nghe.
N
điểm nằm ở hướng nào.
- To/ in the north/ south/ east/ west: Về phía bắc/ nam/ đông/ tây
A
- To/ in the north-east/ south-east/ north-west/ south-west: Về phía đông bắc/ đông
nam/ tây bắc/ tây nam
LO
- In the north/ south/ east/ west corner: Ở góc bắc/ nam/ đông/ tây
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
A
đằng trước đằng sau dọc theo vượt qua băng lên trên
ngang qua
LO
(từ trong) về phía.../ (từ dưới) (từ trên) không xa
lên trên xuống dưới xa so với
ra ngoài tới .... H so với
N
A
ở giữa ở trung
LT
ở phía
ở dưới ở trên (nhiều cái) tâm xung quanh
bên phải
IE
Where is the nearest post office? Phòng cảnh sát gần nhất ở đâu?
Can you tell me the way to the Big Hotel? Bạn có thể chỉ tôi cách đến khách sạn Big
N
không?
A
Are we on the right road for London? Liệu chúng ta đang đi đúng đường để đến
London không nhỉ?
LO
Can you show me on the map, please? Bạn có thể chỉ tôi đường đi trên biểu đồ
không?
Excuse me, How can I go to …? Xin lỗi nhưng tôi đi đến …. như thế nào?
TH
Which the best way to …? Con đường dễ nhất để đến ….. như thế nào?
Pardon me, I’m lost, how do I get to …? Xin lỗi, tôi lạc đường, tôi đến …. như thế
IE
nào?
May I ask for some help? I need to get to …? Bạn giúp tôi được không? Tôi cần đi đến
……?
N
A
cross the crosswalk: go past: Đi quá …
Đi sang đường chỗ
LO
vạch kẻ đường If you reach A, it
means you've gone
too far: Nếu bạn đi
đến A, nghĩa là bạn
H đi xa quá rồi đấy
Đi qua cầu
N
In the roundabout,
take the first exit
A
- leave/ go out of/ walk out from the hall by the door opposite reception: Ra khỏi hội
trường qua cánh cửa đối diện bàn tiếp tân
- follow/ walk along the corridor to the end: đi dọc đến cuối hành lang
- along the main road to the east: đi theo con đường chính về phía đông
- this is directly/ right behind the main hospital building: địa điểm đó ngay đằng sau
toà nhà chính của bệnh viện
N
- turn left into Type Road: rẽ trái vào đường Type
- go up to the footpath until your reach the circle of trees: đi thẳng lên theo đường
A
đi bộ cho đến khi đi đến 1 vòng tròn nhiều cây
- turn right at the top of Willow Lane: trên cùng của đường Willow thì rẽ phải
LO
- take all the way up to the Pine street = follow the way until it joins Pine street: đi
hết con đường cho đến khi nó giao với đường Pine
- on the far side of the railway tracks: ở phía bên kia của đường ray
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
sidewalk: đường đi bộ
A
zebra-crossing:
vạch kẻ đường
LO
crossroad/
intersection: ngã tư
H
N
Một số địa điểm khác hay xuất hiện trên Map
A
N
Các bạn nên vẽ luôn vào đề của mình cho tiện theo dõi: north/ top (phía bắc đồng thời
cũng là phía trên cùng của bản đồ) - south/ bottom (phía nam đồng thời cũng là phía
A
đáy của bản đồ) - east/ right (phía đông đồng thời cũng là phía bên phải của bản đồ)
- west/ left (phía tây đồng thời cũng là phía bên trái của bản đồ).
LO
- Thông tin 2: Định vị biểu đồ
Đánh dấu các địa điểm/ footnote đã được xác định trong map, sau đó xác định mỗi
lựa chọn đáp án đứng ở vị trí như thế nào so với địa điểm đó (ví dụ: lựa chọn H đứng
về bên left of the car park)
H
N
Note: footnote là ghi chú nhỏ ở dưới đáy bên góc bên trái dưới hình, như trong ví dụ
dưới đây:
A
TH
Như trong ví dụ
trên, có 2 footnote
S
bamboo fences
- Ghi chú các
đường kẻ ngang:
là footpath
Trong khi nghe audio, hãy dùng bút để di chuyển hướng đi theo mô tả của người nói
để tránh bị bỏ sót một thông tin nào trong bài nghe.
Rất lưu ý bạn nên đọc lại transcript sau khi đối chiếu đáp án, để xem có từ vựng nào
N
của Map mà mình chưa biết trước đó hay không.
Cải thiện vốn từ là cách dễ nhất để học Map.
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
→ Đó là lý do vì sao việc xác định trước các hướng, và vị trí của từng lựa chọn đối với
các địa điểm cho trước lại quan trọng đến thế. Khi bạn vẽ ra các hướng cụ thể vào
A
trong biểu đồ, bạn sẽ không bị nhầm lẫn, hay rối rắm giữa các hướng với nhau.
Vì vậy, trước khi file nghe được bật lên, hãy xác định các hướng bằng cách vẽ vào bản
LO
đồ như thế này:
North/ Top H
N
A
TH
South/ Bottom
IE
N
người nói.
Ví dụ: Dưới đây là phân tích về cách làm vào một đề bài cụ thể:
A
Vị trí của địa điểm cần tìm được mô tả qua 3 đặc điểm:
LO
- Đặc điểm mô tả 1: “go from Crawley Road up through Station Square” (đi từ đường
Crawley Road lên qua Station Square)
H
Art and History in the Sheepmarket
N
A
TH
Hill Road
Bank
City Road
S
Public
LT
Station
IE
Square
Crawley Road
N
A
LO
Hill Road
Mô tả 2: đứng ở đây!
Bank
City Road
H Public
Gardens
N
A
Station
Square
TH
Crawley Road
S
LT
IE
N
A
Hill Road
LO
Bank
City Road
Public
H Gardens
N
Station
Square
A
TH
Crawley Road
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
N
Sports Hall
A
LO
Classrooms
H Reception
N
A
Parking area
for bicycles College entrance
TH
1. Administration office
2. Cafe
S
5. Library
N
TYE ROAD
A
LO
MAIN BUILDING
H BACK EXIT
N
A
TH
6. recreation centre
7. health centre
8. swimming pool and sauna
S
9. health-food store
LT
Questions 15-20
Label the plan below
Write the correct letter A-I next to questions 15-20
N
A
Island
LO
bicycle track
H
N
Fruit
bushes
A
TH
S
Car park
LT
bamboo fences
footpath
IE
Questions 11-15
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 11-15
AD
N
RO
IN
A
Old
TA
railway
UN
station
MO
LO
PINE STREET
Town
hall
H POND
N
W
IL L NE
Ski O W LA
passes
A
Tourist
information
TH
centre
old railway line
S
11. Supermarket
12. Climbing supplies store
LT
13. Museum
14. Bike hire
15. Cafe
IE
Questions 17-20
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-F next to questions 17-20
N
A
LO
Steps
H Upper
N
Lake
A
Lower Bridge
TH
Lake
Car park
Education
Centre
S
Entrance
IE
Questions 11-15
Label the plan below
Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 11-15
N
A
Car
park
LO
Study area
Stairs
H
N
A
Desk
TH
Entrance
S
11. Newspapers
12. Computers
LT
13. Photocopiers
14. Cafe
15. Sports books
IE
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
1. ............
2. ............
3. ............
IE
Questions 5-7
Label the plan below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Skate
Gym
Swimming Pool Arena
A
LO
H
N
Reception
A
TH
Questions 15-17
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Lake
N
A
Island
Stadium
LO
Swimming
Pool
Tower
H
Benches
N
Indoor
You are here Arena
A
TH
Pond Station
S
LT
Questions 12-14
Label the plan below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Agricultural Park
N
A
Grazing
Rara Breeds Area
LO
Section Area
H
N
Experimental
Crops Area
YOU ARE Reception
A
HERE Block
Lake
Marsh
TH
The
S
Area
LT
IE
Questions 14-20
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 14-20
N
EVE
LYN
A
ST R
EET
LO
EE
S TR
L SUP
HI L ER M
ARK
E T
T
EE
S TR
L DA
HI L H YS
RO
AD
N
T
CA EE
RB TR
ER SS
RY
ST O MA
A
RE TH
ET
TH
S
14. trees
15. wider footpaths
LT
19. artwork
20. children’s playground
Questions 17-20
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-I next to questions 17-20
Hinchingbrooke Park
N
East gate
A
LO
West gate
H WEST
NORTH
EAST
N
Refreshments
A
SOUTH
TH
Short Answer Question là dạng câu hỏi nghe và đưa ra câu trả lời ngắn. Nếu trước
đây khi nghe bạn chỉ cần trả lời đúng thông tin tương ứng với câu hỏi, không bị giới
hạn từ thì khi nghe IELTS Listening, các câu trả lời sẽ bị giới hạn từ.
a. Kiến thức
N
Đặc điểm của dạng Short Answer Questions
A
- Có thể xuất hiện khắp mọi nơi trong IELTS Listening, từ Part 1 đến Part 4. Nhưng
LO
càng xuất hiện ở những Part sau thì chứng tỏ độ khó sẽ tăng dần.
Ví dụ của Short Answer Questions ở Part 1, tương ứng với câu hỏi 9-10
H
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Which two pieces of equipment will the students use in the study?
N
9 .............
10 .............
A
TH
Cũng có khi Short Answer Questions xuất hiện ở Part 3, và thay bằng tìm 1 đáp án,
chúng ta phải nghe để tìm hai đáp án đúng cho cùng 1 câu hỏi
Which two sources of biofuel do Mike and Karina say are being tried out?
29 ......................
30 ......................
N
- 38 .................
Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to
A
Aboriginal rock art?
- 39 .................
LO
- vandalism
- 40 .................
H
- Xuất hiện dưới đa dạng hình thức các câu hỏi khác nhau:
Who - hỏi về người
N
What - hỏi về sự vật, sự việc
Which - sự lựa chọn
A
- Nhiệm vụ của dạng này là trả lời câu hỏi với giới hạn từ cần điền cho trước: thường
dao động từ ONE WORD (một từ) đến THREE WORDS (ba từ).
S
LT
IE
Chúng ta cùng tìm hiểu một số nhóm câu hỏi, từ để hỏi thường xuất hiện trong
IELTS Listening.
Nhóm câu hỏi thứ nhất: là nhóm câu hỏi chỉ cần dựa vào từ để hỏi là chúng
ta có thể xác định được nhóm từ vựng cần điền trong câu trả lời. Loại câu hỏi này bao
gồm các từ để hỏi là: How often/ How much/ How many/ How feel/ How travel/
N
When/ Where/ Who ...
A
HOW OFTEN
LO
Là câu hỏi chỉ mức độ thường xuyên ai đó thực hiện một hành động gì.
Ví dụ: How often do you go swimming? (Bạn có thường xuyên đi bơi không)
Trả lời: I go swimming every afternoon/ on a daily basis (Tôi đi bơi mỗi ngày)
→ Đối với câu hỏi “HOW OFTEN”, thông tin bạn cần nghe đó là thông tin chỉ “mức
H
độ thường xuyên” như “một lần một tuần/ 2 lần một tháng/ 1 năm 2 lần …”
N
Để trả lời dạng câu hỏi này, các bạn rất cần quan tâm đến các trạng từ tần suất trong
câu, hoặc các cụm từ nói về tần suất.
A
- always/ often/ usually/ sometimes/ occasionally: luôn luôn/ thường xuyên/ thường
thường/ thỉnh thoảng/ đôi khi
TH
- every day/ week/ month/ year: mỗi ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm
- three/ four/ five/ six … ten times: ba lần/ bốn/ năm/ sáu … mười lần
- every/ once/ one time a day/ week/ month/ year: mỗi ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm một
lần
IE
- twice/ two times a week/ month/ year: mỗi tuần/ tháng/ năm hai lần
- three times/ four times … a week/ month/ year: mỗi tuần/ tháng/ năm 2 lần/ 4 lần
- every/ once/ one time + three days/ weeks/ months/ years: 3 ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm
1 lần
- every Tuesday: mỗi ngày thứ 3 hàng tuần
- every other day = every second day: 2 ngày 1 lần
Câu hỏi này hỏi về số lượng của một vật cụ thể. Vì vậy, câu trả lời cần đưa ra là một
số lượng cụ thể cho vật đó. Cụ thể như sau:
N
Ví dụ: How many books did you buy? (Bạn đã mua bao nhiêu cuốn sách)
A
Trả lời: one book/ five books (1 cuốn/ 5 cuốn)
LO
How much + N (không đếm được) + trợ động từ + S + verb
→ Trả lời: số lượng + noun
H
Ví dụ: How much sugar would you like? (Bạn muốn bao nhiêu đường)
Trả lời: one gram/ two kilograms (1 lạng/ 2 cân)
N
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng từ để hỏi How much và How many thì thường câu trả lời
A
chỉ tồn tại dưới dạng con số, không cần nói rõ đơn vị.
TH
Câu hỏi này hỏi về cảm xúc của một ai đó với một việc gì. Chính vì vậy mà từ từ khóa
(chính) cần được đưa ra trong câu trả lời là tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc.
Tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc tích cực Tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc tiêu cực
N
- amused: vui - upset: buồn
- delighted: vui - worried: lo lắng
A
- excited: hào hứng - terrified: sợ hãi
- wonderful: tuyệt vời - tired: mệt
LO
- confident: tự tin - scared: sợ hãi
- surprised: ngạc nhiên - disappointed: thất vọng
- embarrassed: xấu hổ
H - bored: chán
vậy nên nhóm từ vựng chúng ta cần biết cho câu trả lời đó là: nhóm từ vựng về các
phương tiện đi lại.
TH
- bus: xe buýt
LT
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng How ...travel to? thường đáp án chỉ cần ghi phương tiện
đó là gì, không cần giới từ phía trước.
Ví dụ: How did group A travel to school?
Trả lời: bus (không cần ghi: by bus)
Câu hỏi “ai đó làm cái gì khi nào?” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về thời gian. Vì vậy, thông tin
cần được đề cập đến trong câu trả lời của loại câu hỏi này sẽ là từ vựng chỉ thời gian.
Ví dụ: When will you go to the park with your little brother? (bạn đến công viên với
em trai khi nào?)
Trả lời: I will go to the park tomorrow/ at the weekend ... (tôi đến công viên vào ngày
N
mai/ vào cuối tuần …)
A
Một số từ vựng chỉ thời gian:
LO
- yesterday: hôm qua - today: hôm nay
- the last week/ month/ year: vào - tonight: tối nay
tuần trước/ tháng trước/ năm trước - tomorrow: ngày mai
- one month/ year ago: một tháng/ H - at the weekend: vào cuối tuần này
năm trước - in the next week/ summer/ year:
- three months/ years ago: ba tháng/ trong tuần tới/ mùa hè năm tới/ năm
N
năm trước tới
A
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng When…? đáp án thường là cụm danh từ chứ không đi kèm
TH
giới từ.
Ví dụ: When did people first find fossils of dinosaur?
Trả lời: 29,000 years (ago)
S
LT
IE
Câu hỏi “Ai đó làm gì ở đâu” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về địa điểm. Vì vậy, thông tin cần
được đề cập đến trong câu trả lời đó là từ vựng chỉ địa điểm.
N
Ví dụ: Where did you play badminton? (Bạn chơi đánh cầu lông ở đâu?)
Trả lời: park
A
Tuy nhiên, nhóm từ vựng chỉ địa điểm này rất đa dạng nên không có danh sách từ
LO
vựng cho sẵn.
WHO
H
Câu hỏi “Ai đó làm việc gì” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về người. Vì vậy, thông tin cần được đề
N
cập đến trong câu trả lời là nhóm từ vựng chỉ người.
A
WHAT
Câu hỏi “Cái gì” là một loại câu hỏi rất rộng, và thông thường để đưa ra câu trả lời
cho câu hỏi với “what”, bạn phải dựa vào cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi đó.
N
Ví dụ 1: What are the main activities of the event yesterday? (Hoạt động chính của
sự kiện ngày hôm qua là gì?)
A
→ Cụm từ chính của câu hỏi là: “main activities” (các hoạt động chính), ví dụ như là
singing, dancing, playing games …
LO
Ví dụ 2: What TWO environment-related problems do both students decide to focus
on in the last section of their presentation?
→ Cụm từ chính của câu hỏi là: “environment-related problems” (các vấn đề liên
H
quan đến môi trường), ví dụ như air pollution, water pollution, climate change … (ô
nhiễm không khí, ô nhiễm nước, thay đổi khí hậu …)
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Nếu câu hỏi sử dụng từ Which, đồng nghĩa với việc bạn sẽ được cung cấp rất nhiều
đáp án khác nhau và bạn phải lựa chọn xem đâu là đáp án đúng, trong khi đó với từ
để hỏi là What thì bạn không được gợi ý đáp án. Tương tự với What, với từ để hỏi
Which, bạn cũng rất cần chú ý đến những danh từ mang nội dung ý nghĩa chính
trong câu.
N
Ví dụ 1: Which two pieces of equipment will the students use in the study?
(Hai loại thiết bị học sinh cần sử dụng trong học tập là gì?)
A
→ Xác định được cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi là “pieces of equipment” mà cần dùng
trong học tập, nên các đáp án đi kèm có thể là computer, projector, interactive
LO
whiteboard …
Ví dụ 2: Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to the
environment?
H
(Các hoạt động của con người mà tác giả nói là các mối đe dọa chính đến môi trường
là gì?)
N
→ Xác định được cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi là: “human activities” mà có ảnh hưởng
đến môi trường, nên các đáp án đi kèm có thể là cutting down trees, releasing
A
Xác định giới hạn số lượng từ vựng được điền vào mỗi câu trả lời
Gạch chân keyword (từ khóa) của mỗi câu hỏi để xác định nội dung câu hỏi (thường
là các danh từ mang nội dung ý nghĩa chính trong câu)
N
Bước 2: Chú ý từ để hỏi
A
Xác định từ để hỏi của mỗi câu hỏi, từ đó xác định nhóm từ vựng cần điền cho mỗi
chỗ trống.
LO
Ví dụ: How often → câu trả lời là từ vựng thuộc nhóm trạng từ chỉ tần suất
Hay: How you feel → câu trả lời là từ vựng thuộc nhóm tính từ chỉ cảm xúc ...
Cần đảm bảo lựa chọn đáp án phù hợp với giới hạn từ được cung cấp trong phần câu
hỏi, vì nếu quá giới hạn từ, bạn cũng không được cho điểm
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
N
3. Where is Penny going next week?
A
Source: Listening for IELTS
LO
Exercise 2:
Questions 7-10
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
N
9. What mode of transport does the student prefer?
10. When will the student find out her homestay address?
A
Source: Cambridge IELTS 7
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 6-10
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Lifestyle questionnaire
N
6. What exercise do you do regularly?
A
7. Do you have any injuries?
8. What is your goal or target?
LO
9. What is your occupation?
10. How did you hear about the club?
H
Source: The official guide to IELTS
N
Exercise 5:
A
Questions 11-17
TH
Questions 11-13
Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A
NUMBER for each answer.
N
13. Which landmark does the tour guide recommend the tourists should visit?
A
Source: Listening for IELTS
LO
Exercise 7:
Questions 35-37
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
H
35. For whom were mechanical clicks not original built?
N
36. What reason is given for having a standardised time?
A
Exercise 8:
Questions 37-40
S
What TWO images drawn by Aboriginal people show their contact with Europeans?
37..........................
IE
38..........................
Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to Aboriginal
rock art?
39..........................
40..........................
Questions 26-30
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
26. What part of the assignment is Alan going to start working on?
27. Where will Melanie get more information on used paper collection?
28. What will they add to the assignment to make it more interesting?
N
29. What do you agree to complete by the end of the month?
30. Who will they ask to review their work?
A
LO
Source: The official guide to IELTS
Exercise 10:
Questions 1-4
Listen and answer questions in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A
H
NUMBER
N
1. What percentage of women in their early thirties still live with their parents?
A
2. When were house prices only three times the average yearly income?
3. What is the reason that people return to their parental home after university?
TH
Exercise 11:
S
Questions 5-8
LT
Questions 1-4
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
According to Phil, what are the 2 problems with some renewable energy sources?
1. .....................
2. .....................
N
List 2 things that Professor Jenkins wants to see in the students’ report.
A
3. .....................
LO
4. .....................
Exercise 13:
Questions 26-30
H
Answer the questions below
N
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
A
27. In the second semester how often did Kira work in a hospital?
28. How much full-time work did Kira do during the year?
29. Having completed the year, how does Kira feel?
30. In addition to the language, what do overseas students need to become familiar
S
with?
LT
- Diagram: a simple drawing using lines to explain where something is, how
something works, etc. - sơ đồ
Diagram sẽ cung cấp một bức vẽ của một thiết bị, một hệ thống nào đó với một số
thông tin còn thiếu. Bạn cần nghe và điền vào vị trí đó thông tin thích hợp.
N
- Flow-chart: a diagram that shows the connections between the different stages of
a process or parts of a system - quy trình.
A
Flow-chart mô tả các bước của một quy trình nào đó, được chuyển tiếp bằng các mũi
tên. Ở mỗi bước sẽ có 1 số thông tin còn thiếu, bạn cần nghe để điền vào chỗ trống
LO
với thông tin thích hợp.
a. Kiến thức
H
Một số đặc điểm của Diagram và Flow-chart labelling
N
- Thường xuất hiện trong Part 2 và Part 3 của bài thi IELTS Listening.
- Có 2 cách đưa ra câu hỏi:
A
Loại 1: Điền vào Flow-chart/ Diagram với List các lựa chọn cho trước
TH
→ Như vậy, trong phần đáp án các bạn phải điền chữ cái chứ không phải từ.
S
LT
IE
A. Electricity indicator
B. On/off switch
C. Reset button
D. Time control
N
E. Warning indicator
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
N
A
Make sure you know the exam
LO
requirements
Có hai nhóm từ vựng quan trọng hay xuất hiện trong Flowchart và Diagram mà bạn
cần chuẩn bị.
Một flow-chart (biểu đồ phát triển) hay một diagram (biểu đồ) bao gồm nhiều bước/
N
giai đoạn/ bộ phận khác nhau, vì vậy người nói cần sử dụng đến các nhóm từ vựng
mô tả các giai đoạn của một quy trình để biết người nói đang mô tả đến bước nào.
A
Giai đoạn đầu tiên Giai đoạn tiếp theo
LO
- First,.../ Firstly,... / First of all, …/ - Second, .../ Secondly, .../ Next, .../ Then,
Initially, ... .../ After that, …
- To start with, .../ To begin with, ... - At the next stage of the process, …
- At the first/ initial stage/ step of the
process, ...
H
- Moving on to the next stage/ step …
- The next stage/ step involves ...
N
- It starts with/ begins with ... - It continues with ...
- Let’s begin/ start by ...
A
TH
Ví dụ: At the first step of the process, students have to read some relevant articles
on the Internet to gain basic knowledge about it. Then, they should make an outline
IE
of what includes in the research. It ends with a short and clear conclusion.
Diagram sẽ mô tả bộ phận của một thiết bị nào đó nên sẽ mô tả vị trí của bộ phận đó
trên thiết bị. Chúng ta có thể lưu ý một số những từ chỉ vị trí và đặc điểm của bộ
phận như sau:
VỊ TRÍ
- It is on the right/ left side: nó nằm ở bên phải/ bên trái
N
- It is at the top/ at the bottom: nó nằm ở trên/ dưới đáy
- It is in the middle of/ in the centre of something: nó nằm ở giữa cái gì
A
- It’s above/ over something: nó nằm trên cái gì
- It’s under/ below something: nó nằm dưới cái gì
LO
- It’s in front of something/ behind something: nó nằm trước/ đằng sau cái gì
- It’s near/ close to something: nó gần với cái gì
- It’s opposite/ across from something: nó nằm đối diện với cái gì
H
Ví dụ: The button opposite the control one is the volume. (Nút đối diện với nút điều
khiển là nút chỉnh âm lượng)
N
HÌNH DẠNG
A
- The square/ circle/ rectangle/ triangle is + Noun: Cái hình vuông/ tròn/ chữ nhật/
tam giác đó là ...
Ví dụ: The button on the left side is the volume. (Nút ở bên trái là nút chỉnh âm
S
lượng)
LT
IE
Với flow-chart/ diagram, bạn nên thực hiện lần lượt theo các bước như sau
Bước 1: Đọc kỹ yêu cầu câu hỏi và xác định rõ các yêu cầu của đề bài
- Đây là dạng câu điền các lựa chọn cho trước (A/ B/ C …), hay điền từ (electricity) …
- Nếu là dạng câu điền các lựa chọn cho trước, xác định xem có bao nhiêu lựa chọn
N
sẽ không phải là đáp án cho một câu hỏi nào.
- Nếu là dạng điều từ thì cần lưu ý tới giới hạn từ vựng cụ thể (như một từ/ hay hai
A
từ…)
- Đọc Heading (tiêu đề của Flow-chart/ Diagram) để xác định được nội dung mà biểu
LO
đồ đó đề cập đến, từ đó nghĩ đến một số từ vựng nằm trong chủ đề đó.
H
- Gạch chân từ khóa trong mỗi câu hỏi, xác định dạng từ (Danh từ/ Tính từ/ Động
từ…)
N
- Xác định loại thông tin cần điền là gì, tên người hay sự vật sự việc
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
Make sure you know the exam
A
requirements
LO
Find some past papers
H
N
Work out your 27.......................... for revision cần 1 danh từ
có thể là tìm ra
and write them on a card những điểm chính
(main points) mà
A
cần 1 danh từ số ít
Make a 28.......................and keep it in view có thể là làm ghi chú
(note) hoặc bản tóm
tắt (summary)...
S
cần 1 danh từ số ít
Write one 30.............................about each topic đáp án có thể là viết
1 bản tóm tắt (brief
IE
- Thứ tự thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ trùng với thứ tự câu hỏi
- Bạn vừa nghe vừa lựa chọn đáp án tương ứng với số lượng từ được cho
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
Complete the flowchart below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Cloud seeding
N
A
LO
The chemical silver iodide is introduced
into a cloud by a rocket or by 6................
H
This causes tiny water drops in the cloud to
7................, in a process called static seeding.
N
A
Questions 6-10
Complete the flow-chart below
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
N
Put the main facts at the beginning to
A
attract attention
LO
Use a model in the shape of a 6................ to
build up details
H
N
Include 7................ from people involved
A
TH
Questions 6-10
Complete the flow-chart below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Fumiko’s plan
N
Define 6.................... using a diagram
A
LO
Background: relationships in the 7........................... (eg. Apes)
H
Present an overview of the 8....................... for human relationships
(eg. Work, home)
N
A
Questions 1-5
Complete the flow chart below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
FIND A CENTER
A
Usually a school, college or 1...................
LO
PAY A FEE
To enrol on a programme
RECEIVE A 2...................
H
PLAN WHAT TO DO FOR EACH SECTION
N
A
DO ACTIVITY
Questions 8-10
Complete the flowchart below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Complete an
N
enrolment form
A
LO
Parents need to
8...................... an
authorisation form
H
Give forms to 9..............with
N
a fee of £20 (for an annual
A
Questions 1-5
Complete the flow chart below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Alternative energy
N
research project: process
A
LO
Focus the questions on one particular area
to question
Questions 8-10
Complete the diagram below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
in 10..............
A
If low pressure
LO
Clouds clouds 8................
Mature cyclones:
gain speed/power
H
N
momentum
Warm water
A
SEA LAND
TH
Questions 11-13
Label a diagram below
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-E next to
questions 11-13
A. Electricity indicator
N
B. On/off switch
C. Reset button
A
D. Time control
E. Warning indicator
LO
central heating H
radiators
hot water
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 26-30
Complete the flow-chart below
Choose FIVE answers from the list below and write the correct letter A-G next to
questions 26-30
A. Website E. Quality
N
B. Locations F. Values
C. Designs G. Software programs
A
D. TV advetising campaigns
LO
History of Furniture Rossi
H
The product 26.................... led to a wider customer base
N
Greater customer demand meant other 27.................... were needed
A
TH
Questions 27-30
Complete the flow-chart below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Next steps
N
A
Get approval from
27 ........................
LO
Complete a H
28 ............. form
N
A
Set up a
LT
30...................... with
technologies team
IE
Questions 21-25
Complete the flow-chart below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
N
A
get raw materials from 23............and
distribute materials collect used
21................................. paper
LO
remove
bark
Production paper produced Recycling 24...............
H
in machine used paper
N
chop heat and pulp
A
add 22...............
then heat and pulp
mixture
S
Questions 23-25
Complete the diagram below
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Global Satellite
A
LO
Meteorological station
information is
analysed
H
N
Boat
A
TH
Float records
changes in
Float dropped salinity and
S
by satellite
IE
Questions 27-30
Complete the flow-chart below
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Make sure you know the exam
requirements
LO
Find some past papers
H
N
Work out your 27.......................... for revision
and write them on a card
A
TH
Questions 5-7
Complete the flow-chart below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Calculate the number of hours of 5............................ in the UK
LO
Estimate the number of hours of sunlight
H
Determine the cost of supplying homes in
the entire 6............................
N
A
Questions 1-3
Label the diagram below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Medical The rejects
Entrance
inspection 1..................
LO
Money Railway
2.....................
exchange tickets
H
N
Waiting area Exit Ship to country
of origin
A
TH
Dạng câu hỏi thứ 6 là dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion (Hoàn thành vào bản
ghi chép, bảng, và câu). Đây là dạng câu hỏi phổ biến nhất trong IELTS Listening
và xuất hiện ở tất cả các Part từ 1 đến 4.
a. Kiến thức
N
Một vài đặc điểm của dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
A
- Xuất hiện trong tất cả các Parts, nhưng xuất hiện thường xuất hiện nhất trong Part
1 và Part 4.
LO
Ví dụ dạng Note Completion xuất hiện trong Part 1 và bao trọn các câu từ 1 đến 10
Accommodation
- Average rent: 1. £ ............. a month
TH
Transport
- Linda travels to work by 2.............
- Limited 3............. in city centre
- Trains to London every 4............. minutes
S
N
Coffee in the Arab world
A
- There was small-scale trade in wild coffee from Ethiopia
LO
- 1522: Coffee was approved in the Ottoman court as a type of medicine
- 1623: In Constantinople, the ruler ordered the 31.......... of every coffee house
- Chủ đề của dạng câu hỏi này rất đa dạng đi từ những chủ đề quen thuộc trong cuộc
sống hàng ngày (Cookery Classes - Các lớp học nấu ăn, Moving to Banford City - Di
chuyển đến thành phố Banford …) cho đến những chủ đề thuộc về chuyên môn/ học
thuật (Effects of urban environments on animals - ảnh hưởng của môi trường đô thị
N
vào động vật, Kinds of memories - Các loại hình trí nhớ …) bởi vì dạng câu hỏi này
xuất hiện dàn trải từ Part 1 đến Part 4 mà.
A
→ Chính vì sự đa dạng chủ đề của dạng câu hỏi này, nên không có gợi ý về nhóm từ
LO
vựng nào được đưa ra. Tuy nhiên, đối với dạng câu hỏi này chúng ta sẽ sử dụng nhiều
đến kỹ thuật hơn, phần tiếp theo sẽ giúp bạn có được cái nhìn rõ hơn về các kỹ thuật
khi làm dạng câu hỏi này.
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Thứ nhất: Giới hạn từ được điền vào mỗi chỗ trống
“Giới hạn từ” chính là chìa khóa cho dạng câu hỏi Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion.
Vì thực chất, giới hạn từ sẽ quyết định cho câu trả lời của bạn, cụ thể với mỗi một
giới hạn từ nhất định, bạn sẽ phải đưa ra những câu trả lời khác nhau.
N
Cụ thể, dưới đây là chi tiết các trường hợp của giới hạn từ vựng/ số:
A
Trường hợp 1: Write “ONE WORD ONLY” - viết chỉ một từ vào mỗi chỗ trống
LO
Điểm cần lưu ý đối với trường hợp này đó là bạn sẽ nghe thấy cả một cụm từ dài chứ
không phải 1 từ, và băn khoăn không biết mình.
Vậy nên, nếu đề bài chỉ cho phép viết “MỘT TỪ” vào mỗi chỗ trống nhưng bạn lại
nghe thấy cụm “an incredibly beautiful skirt” thì từ nào trong cụm từ đó là đáp án
cho câu trả lời.
H
N
→ Để xác định được từ nào là từ cần điền vào đáp án, bạn cần xác định từ nào là từ
“mang nghĩa chính” trong cụm đó, cụ thể như sau:
A
ADV + ADJ + NOUN → NOUN mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này
TH
Ví dụ: “very small groups” → GROUPS sẽ là từ cần điền vào chỗ trống
NOUN 1 + PREP + NOUN 2 → NOUN 2 mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này
IE
- ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER (Một từ và/ hoặc một số): Đối với trường hợp
này, bạn được viết 1 từ vựng và 1 số, tuy nhiên nếu bạn viết thành 2 từ vựng thì đáp
án sẽ là sai.
Ví dụ: “two classes”
N
→ Nếu câu trả lời là 2 classes (một từ và một số) → Đúng
→ Nhưng nếu bạn viết two classes (hai từ) → Sai
A
- “NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS” (Hai từ): Ngược lại với giới hạn từ ở trên, sẽ là
LO
sai nếu bạn viết 1 từ và 1 số trong trường hợp này.
Ví dụ: “two classes”
→ Nếu câu trả lời là 2 classes (một từ và một số) → Sai
→ Nhưng nếu bạn viết two classes (hai từ) → Đúng
H
→ Trường hợp “TWO WORDS AND/ OR A NUMBER” hay “NO MORE THAN
N
THREE WORDS” cũng tương tự với trường hợp 2 này.
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Đây là trường hợp dễ nhất trong số 3 trường hợp. Vì, bạn có thể viết đáp án là cả một
cụm từ (gồm 3 từ) hay một từ (từ chính) đều đúng. Chỉ lưu ý là bạn không được viết
số đếm trong trường hợp này thôi.
N
→ Hoặc nếu bạn viết là “groups” → Đúng
A
Do đó, trong đáp án của các bài luyện listening, sẽ có những đáp án ghi là:
(very) (small) groups → Bạn có thể điền đáp án là “very small groups”, hoặc “small
LO
groups” hoặc “groups” đều được tính điểm.
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Bạn có thể đoán được dạng từ cần điền dựa vào ngữ pháp của các thông tin ở phía
N
trước/ sau chỗ trống.
A
- Đoán dạng thông tin cần điền
Chúng ta có thể đoán chủ đề cho từ vựng cần điền vào chỗ trống dựa vào các từ vựng
LO
đứng trước, đứng sau, hay cả câu của câu hỏi.
→ Bởi vì chúng ta đã có từ different nên chắc hẳn chỗ trống sẽ cần danh từ số nhiều.
Dựa vào nội dung của câu hỏi này, ta có thể đoán được từ cần điền chắc chắn mang
nghĩa gần sát với từ “quan điểm”, nên đáp án có thể opinions, perspectives, views,
ideas, visions ...
S
LT
IE
Việc xác định được các thông tin như vậy sẽ giúp bạn:
- Đưa ra đáp án chính xác. Ví dụ, trong một câu hỏi, khi nghe bạn không chắc là từ
đó có đuôi “s” hay không, nhờ vào việc xác định dạng từ bạn biết chỗ trống cần điền
là một Danh từ đếm được số nhiều, bạn có thể chắc chắn là đáp án phải có đuôi “s”.
N
- Dễ dàng bắt được từ vựng chính xác cần điền vào chỗ trống trong bài nghe hơn:
Chúng ta đều biết là việc nghe hiểu được 100% nội dung bài nghe là điều khá khó
A
khăn, trong một bài nghe đôi khi chúng ta sẽ bị bỏ qua các thông tin quan trọng, mà
thông tin đó có thể là đáp án cho một câu hỏi nào đó → Việc bạn xác định được nhóm
LO
từ vựng/ nghĩa của một chỗ trống cần điền giúp bạn PHẢN ỨNG NHANH hơn với
từ vựng xuất hiện trong bài nghe, giảm nguy cơ bỏ qua các thông tin cho câu trả lời.
Ví dụ nếu bạn xác định chỗ trống cần 1 động từ dạng V-ing thì bạn sẽ chú ý nhiều
hơn về việc nghe động từ V-ing thay bằng các động từ thường.
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Bước 1: Xác định giới hạn từ và các ý chính trong bài Completion
Phần giới hạn từ đã được mô tả kỹ càng ở trên, và giới hạn từ luôn được viết dưới
dạng CHỮ VIẾT HOA nên bạn cần chú ý kiểm tra trước khi nghe.
Luôn đọc trước những thông tin đã được cho xung quanh để xác định nội dung chính
của bài nghe.
N
Ví dụ:
Fitness Holidays
A
Location Main Focus Other comments
LO
Ireland and Italy general fitness - personally designed programme
- also reduces 18 ……....
- Bài nghe sẽ lần lượt nhắc đến một số địa điểm đi du lịch, rồi nói về mục đích chính
của chuyến đi này là gì, sau đó là nhận xét của mọi người tham gia về chuyến đi.
TH
- Bảng thông tin được đọc theo hàng ngang, theo thứ tự của câu hỏi, chứ không phải
theo hàng dọc.
- Câu 18 chắc hẳn phải là danh từ, vì nó đứng sau ngoại động từ reduce, ví dụ như
LT
Exercise 1:
Questions 1-6
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Preston Park Run
A
Details of run
LO
Start of run: in front of the 1………………
Time of run: 2………………
Length of run: 3………………
At end of run:
Best way to register:
H
volunteer scans 4………………
on the 5………………
N
Cost of run: 6 £ ………………
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Volunteering
N
Phone number: 8………………
Activities:
A
• Setting up course
• 9……………… the runners
LO
• 10 ………………for the weekly report
H
Source: The official guide to IELTS
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 1-6
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Entry Details
A
Length of story: Approximately 1………………
LO
Story must include a 2………………
Minimum age: 3………………
Last entry date: 1st 4………………
Web address: www. 5……………….com
Don't:
H
6……………… the story to the organisers
N
A
TH
Questions 7-10
Complete the sentences below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
S
Questios 1-10
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Class Where When Class Cost
A
Painting with At 1 ............pm What to bring £45 – four
watercolours In the hall on Tuesdays water jar and classes
LO
set of 2 ............
Maori language The small room Starts in Small recorder £40 – five
at the 3 ............ 4 ............
H classes
of the building
N
Digital Room 9 6 pm The 5 ............ 6 £............ –
A
Questions 7-10
Complete the sentence below
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
S
8. To find out about the Maori language class, contact Jason ......................
9. For the photography class, check the ...................... for the camera
10. There is a trip to a local ...................... in the final week of the photograph class.
IE
Questions 1-10
Complete the notes below
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Contact phone number: 1 (0044)……………………..
LO
Email address: 2 richard@…………………….co.uk
Occupation: a local 3…………………….
Type of accommodation: a 2-bedroom apartment wanted (must
have its own 4…………………….)
H
no 5……………………. required
(family bringing theirs)
N
Preferred location: near a 7…………………….
A
Questions 1-6
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Name Price per person Comments and reviews
(dormitory rooms)
A
• parking available
LO
$19
Top • staff are 1......................
End Backpackers • nice pool
• air-conditioning is too 2 ......................
Kangaroo lodge
Address: on 7...................... Lane
N
General Information about hostel accommodation
• sheets are provided
A
• can hire a 8......................
• 9 ...................... is included
LO
• a shared 10 ......................is available
Questions 1-10
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Activities programme involving volunteers
Monday evenings: Computer training
LO
• training needed in how to produce 1..................
Tuesday afternoons: singing
• the home has a 2.................. and someone to play it
Thursday mornings: growing 3..................
H
• The home doesn’t have many 4.................. for gardening
Once a month: meeting for volunteers and staff
N
Interview:
• Go in on 5.................. any time
A
Questions 1 and 2:
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
1. Student is studying 1..................
2. Student is in the 2.................. year of the course
N
A
Questions 3-5:
LO
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Receptionist
H
In the 3.................. Evening lectures
N
4.................. In the Child Care Centre Too early
A
Student Details
N
Name: Anita Newman
A
Address: 6. ..................
Room No. 7..................
LO
Other skills: Speaks some Japanese
Position available: 8 .................. at the English Language Centre
Duties: Respond to enquiries and 9 ..................
Time of interview: Friday at 10 .................. a.m
H
N
Source: Cambridge IELTS 7
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 11-14
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
Bus stops Location Things to see
A
Bus stop 1 Train station Start of tour
LO
Bus stop 2 The aquarium Dolphins and 11………..
Questions 15-20
TH
17. The cost of the bus ticket includes entrance to the ………..
18. You can listen to an audio commentary which has been made by the ………..
LT
Questions 13-18
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
STOP A: Palace • Has lovely 14..............
Main Booking office
A
• First boat: 8am
• Last boat: 13......pm
LO
STOP B: 15 .............. • Has good 16.............. of city
centre
STOP C: Museum
H
• Bookshop specialising in the
N
17 .............. of the local area
A
Questions 11-15
Complete the sentences below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
11. The museum closes at ..................... pm on Mondays
A
12. The museum is not open on .....................
13. School groups are met by tour guides in the .....................
LO
14. The whole visit takes 90 minutes, including ..................... minutes for the guided
tour.
15. There are ..................... behind the museum where students can have lunch.
H
N
Source: Cambridge IELTS 8
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 11-16
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
N
A
Well-known for: 11 .....................
LO
Complex consists of: concert rooms
theatres
cinemas
art galleries H
public library
restaurants
N
Historical a 12.....................
A
N
Tuesday Flute (opera by
Mozart)
A
Wednesday 8.00 pm 18 .................... Cinema 2 19 £..............
LO
(Canadian film)
Questions 25-30
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
N
A
Equipment
- replace computers to create more space
LO
Resources:
- The level of the 25 ..................... materials, in particular, should be
more clearly shown
- Update the 26 ..................... collection
H
- Buy some 27 ..................... and divide them up
Use of the room
N
- Speak to the teachers and organise a 28 ..................... for
supervising the centre
A
- Install an 29 .....................
- Restrict personal use of 30 ..................... on computers
TH
Questions 27-30
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
N
Overhead projector The 27……………….
A
Map of West Africa The 28……………….
LO
Map of the islands A tourist brochure
Questions 34-40
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
N
• MSG contains
A
- Glutamate (78.2%)
- Sodium (12.2%)
LO
- 34 ....................... (9.6%)
• Glutamate is found in foods that contain protein such as 35............... and 36 ...........
• MSG is used in foods in many different parts of the world
• In 1908 Kikunae Ikeda discovered a 37.......................
H
• Our ability to detect glutamate makes sense because it is so 38 .......................
naturally
N
• John Prescott suggests that:
- Sweetness tell us that a food contains carbohydrates
A
Questions 21-23
Complete the notes below
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
N
A
Individuals bring different :
LO
• Ideas
• 21 .........................
• learning experiences
Work bahaviour differences are due to:
• personality
• 22 ........................
H
N
Effects of diversity on companies
• Advantage: diversity develops 23 ........................
A
Questions 31-40
Complete the sentences below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Ceramics
31. Ceramics date back approximately .......................
N
32. The first figurines were made in the area of .......................
33. Early humans could not use their pots to store .......................
A
34. The Chinese improved the quality of ceramics by mixing ....................... with the
clay.
LO
35. Chinese porcelain was also called .......................
36. Bottger added quartz and ....................... to clay to make porcelain.
Glass H
37. Glass production is similar to clay ceramics apart from the rate of .....................
38. The Romans introduced the use of glass to make .......................
N
Concrete
A
39. The discovery of concrete is probably due to observing reactions of water and
TH
.......................
40. The ability to build large ....................... contributed to the success of the Roman
Empire.
S
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
N
Initial thoughts
A
Most important consideration: your audience
Three points to bear in mind:
LO
- What they need to know
- How 31................ they will be
- How big the audience will be
Structure
H
Start with information that makes the audience 32................
N
End with 33................
A
Design
The presentation needs to be 34................
TH
Presenting
Look at the audience, be enthusiastic and energetic
S
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below
Write ONE WORD for each answer
N
Making and appearance of the kites
A
• The priests who made the kites had rules for size and scale
• 31 ...................... was not allowed during a kite’s preparation
LO
Kites
• often represented a bird, a god or a 32 ......................
• had frames that were decorated with grasses and 33 ......................
H
• had a line of noisy 34 ...................... attached to them
• could be triangular, rectangular or 35 ...................... shaped
N
• had patterns made from clay mixed with 36 ...................... oil
A
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
N
A
13th – 16th centuries
LO
• fireworks were introduced from China
• Their use was mainly to do with:
- War
- 31 ......................(in plays and festivals)
H
17th century
• Various features of 32 ..................... were shown in fireworks displays
N
• Scientists were interested in using ideas from fireworks displays
A
• London:
- scientists were distrustful at first
- later, they investigated 35 ..................... uses of fireworks (e.g for sailors)
• St Petersburg:
S
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
N
• Some chimpanzees use stones to break nuts
• Betty (New Caledonian crow) made a 31.......................... out of wire to move
A
a bucket of food
• Barney (New Caledonian crow) used sticks to find food
LO
New Zealand and Oxford experiment
• Three stages: crows needed to move a 32......................... in order to reach a
short stick, then use the short stick to reach a long stick, then use the long stick to
reach food.
Oxford research
H
• Crows used sticks to investigate whether there was any 33.........................
N
from an object
• Research was inspired by seeing crows using tools on a piece of cloth to
A
birds
• Larvae’s specific 39......................... composition can be identified in birds
that feed on them
• Scientists will analyse what the birds include in their 40 .........................
Multiple Choice là dạng câu hỏi có nhiều sự lựa chọn, và từ những sự lựa chọn được
cho bạn cần tìm ra đáp án đúng và chính xác nhất. Multiple Choice chắc chắn sẽ
xuất hiện ít nhất 1 lần trong bài thi Listening, và cũng là dạng câu hỏi có tỉ lệ sai
cao nhất.
N
a. Kiến thức
A
Đặc điểm dạng Multiple Choice Questions
LO
Dưới đây là một vài ví dụ cho dạng câu hỏi Multiple Choice.
- Xuất hiện khá đa dạng trong bài thi IELTS Listening từ Part 1 đến Part 4.
Multiple Choice đa dạng nhất ở Part 2, đáp án thường sẽ khá ngắn dưới dạng từ hoặc
H
cụm từ và cũng không có quá nhiều từ mới trong cả đáp án và câu hỏi.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
A. two hours per week
B. one day per month
A
C. 8 hours per year
LO
12. In feedback almost all employees said that volunteering improved their
A. chances of promotion
B. job satisfaction
C. relationships with colleagues
H
13. Last year some staff helped unemployed people with their
N
A. school
B. park
A
C. charity
TH
14. This year the company will start a new volunteering project with a local
A. at the company’s training facility
B. at a college
C. in a community centre
S
LT
IE
Questions 31 - 33
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
N
A
31. What led the group to choose their topic?
A. They were concerned about the decline of one species
LO
B. They were interested in the effects of city growth
C. They wanted to investigate a recent phenomenon
32. The exact proportion of land devoted to private gardens was confirmed by
A. consulting some official documents
B. taking large-scale photos
H
N
C. discussions with town surveyors
A
- Trước 1 nhóm câu hỏi ở Multiple Choice, bạn sẽ có tiêu đề giúp xác định nội dung
S
11. How much time for volunteering does the company allow per employee?
A. two hours per week
B. one day per month
N
C. 8 hours per year
A
Bạn chỉ chọn duy nhất 1 đáp án đúng là A, B hoặc C và 1 đáp án đúng tương ứng với
LO
1 câu.
Dạng 2 - còn có tên khác là Pick From a List - gồm 1 câu hỏi, 5-7 sự lựa chọn và chọn
2-3 đáp án đúng. Mỗi đáp án tương ứng với 1 câu hỏi và người nghe chọn đúng đáp
án nào, được tính điểm đáp án đó.
H
N
Questions 25 - 27
A
Ví dụ ở trên, bạn cần chọn 3 đáp án đúng trong 7 sự lựa chọn để trả lời câu hỏi
‘THREE topics Sandra agree to include in the proposal”. Ví dụ đáp án là A-B-C
nhưng bạn lại chọn A-B-D thì bạn vẫn được tính đúng 2 câu. Bạn có thể viết đáp án
theo bất kì thứ tự nào.
IE
- Bài nghe sẽ nhắc đến những thông tin liên quan đến tất cả các đáp án nhằm giăng
bẫy người nghe, và tăng độ khó của câu hỏi.
N
(tôi cảm thấy vui vì những gì mình đã đạt được)
- Lựa chọn A. I don’t feel happy about what I have achieved
A
- Lựa chọn B. I am quite pleased with my achievement
LO
Mặc dù lựa chọn A xuất hiện nhiều từ khóa giống hệt trong audio (feel, happy about,
what I have achieved) nhưng ý nghĩa của A hoàn toàn trái ngược với thông tin trong
audio nên A không phải đáp án. Ngược lại, lựa chọn B không có một từ khóa nào
giống với audio nhưng về mặt ý nghĩa, B tương đương với thông tin trong audio
→ B là đáp án.
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Có 3 trường hợp để kết luận 1 lựa chọn không phải là đáp án cho một câu hỏi. Khi
làm dạng câu hỏi Multiple Choice Questions, để khẳng định một lựa chọn là đúng,
bạn cần chứng minh đáp án khác là sai.
Trường hợp 1: Khi thông tin trong lựa chọn TRÁI NGƯỢC với thông tin trong
audio
N
Ví dụ:
A
Đáp án A: “I feel happy about what I have achieved”
Thông tin trong bài nghe: “I don’t feel happy about what I have achieved”
LO
Thông tin ở A trái ngược với thông tin trong bài nghe nên không thể là đáp án
Trường hợp 2: Khi thông tin trong lựa chọn KHÔNG ĐƯỢC NHẮC TỚI trong
audio
Ví dụ:
H
N
Đáp án A: “I feel happy about what I have achieved”
Thông tin trong bài nghe: “I win a high prize that I have desired for a long time"
A
→ A không phải là đáp án vì trong bài nghe không đề cập đến cảm xúc vui hay
không.
TH
→ Có thể nói cách loại trừ đáp án của Multiple Choice trong Listening khá giống các
làm dạng bài True/ False/ Not given trong Reading. Để chứng minh đáp án này là
đúng thì bạn cần chứng minh đáp án kia là sai hoặc không được nhắc đến.
S
LT
IE
Bước 1: Gạch chân từ khóa của câu hỏi và từng lựa chọn
Mục đích là để XÁC ĐỊNH ĐƯỢC Ý CHÍNH của câu hỏi và từng lựa chọn cũng như
sự khác nhau giữa mỗi sự lựa chọn là gì, chứ không phải mong đợi từ từ khóa đó được
xuất hiện trong audio.
Thường bài nghe chỉ cho 20 đến 30 giây để đọc trước câu hỏi, nhưng câu hỏi ở Part 3
N
và Part 4 rất dài và khó về cả ngữ pháp và từ vựng. Vậy nên người nghe nên tranh
thủ thời gian còn thừa cho quá trình đọc câu hỏi và kiểm tra đáp án ở phần Part 1
A
và 2 để đọc trước câu hỏi ở Part 3 và 4.
LO
Bước 2: Nghĩ đến một vài cách mà từng lựa chọn được diễn đạt trong bài nghe như
thế nào
Đáp án A có thể được diễn đạt là one hour on weekday and another hour on weekend
Đáp án B có thể được diễn đạt là no more than a day every month/ monthly
S
LT
IE
- Bạn cần chú ý giọng của người nói tương ứng với tên nào, vì trong câu hỏi có khi sẽ
có những cụm như “According to Anna” (thì bạn phải nghe thông tin/ ý kiến Anna
đưa ra) hoặc “What did John agree to do in the introduction of the presentation?”
(Thì câu trả lời sẽ nằm ở đoạn thông tin mà John cung cấp)
- Bạn nên luyện tập kỹ năng Note-taking với dạng câu hỏi này, tức là vừa nghe vừa
N
viết nhanh những thông tin tóm tắt bạn nghe được. Lưu ý là các bạn chỉ nên viết
xuống thật nhanh các từ khóa (từ có liên quan đến nội dung câu hỏi và các lựa chọn),
A
và hãy tự tạo cho mình một bảng từ vựng viết tắt để giảm thiểu thời gian note nhất
có thể. (Ví dụ: students = stds, confident = conf, amount = amt, expensive =
LO
expen…...)
Mục đích là có thông tin để ĐỐI CHIẾU với từng lựa chọn sau khi audio phát xong.
Một vài câu hỏi chúng ta có thể xác định được ngay đâu là đáp án, nhưng một vài
H
câu hỏi khó chúng ta cần có thêm thời gian để so sánh đối chiếu. Vì vậy, bản ghi chú
nhanh này sẽ là công cụ hỗ trợ đắc lực giúp bạn tìm đáp án cho các câu hỏi khó.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
Listen and answer the questions about John and Sam’s holiday
N
C. Mangan’s
A
2. Who is going to reserve the table?
A. John
LO
B. Sam
C. The hotel receptionist
Source: Listening for IELTS
Exercise 2:
H
Questions 5-6
N
5. Why does a ticket for the museum cost £10?
A
6. The tourist office assistant suggests going to the next town for a good restaurant
because
S
Questions 1-2
Listen and choose TWO letters (A-E) to answer the question
Which of the following are myths about upper class Victorian families?
N
C. Fathers occasionally taught their children Latin
D. The Victorians were not generous to the poor
A
E. Parents were strict with their children
LO
Source: Listening for IELTS
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
C. A comic book
A
2. The reviewer thinks What Happens in the Night is
A. the best horror film this year
LO
B. visually stunning
C. difficult to understand
N
C. About four hours
A
2. What should passengers do with their passports?
A. leave them with their steward
LO
B. lock them away
C. carry them at all times
4. What will the passengers do when the train gets to the Italian borders?
TH
A. Change trains
B. Go on a tour
C. Have lunch in a local cafe
S
Questions 1-3
Choose THREE letters A-F
Give three reasons why the Yellow Plaque scheme was started
A. to boost tourism
B. to raise awareness of local history
N
C. to increase knowledge of famous people
D. for publicity
A
E. for architectural preservation
F. to raise national awareness
LO
Questions 4-6
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
A. the community
B. local councils
C. the tourist board
IE
N
C. More people are famous nowadays
D. Fame is more short-lived
A
E. Talent is irrelevant in becoming famous
LO
Who are the losers in fame? List THREE from below
A. Celebrities
B. Photographers
C. Executives H
D. The public
E. Writers
N
A
Questions 11-16
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
N
B. the site of a private house
C. occupied by a factory
A
12. What is unusual about the Anglia Sculpture Park?
LO
A. Artists have made sculptures especially for it
B. Some of its sculptures were donated by the artists
C. It only shows contemporary sculptures
H
13. What is the theme of Joe Tremain’s burnt sculptures?
A. The contrast between nature and urban life
N
B. The effect of man on the environment
C. The violence of nature
A
15. What does the speaker say about the Visitor Centre?
LT
Questions 11-14
Choose the correct letter A, B and C
N
C. Party
A
12. The number of guests will be
A. Less than 50
LO
B. From 50 to 100
C. More than 100
A. live band
B. comedian
C. magician
S
Questions 11-12
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which TWO tasks will the volunteers in Group A be responsible for?
A. Widening pathways
B. Planting trees
C. Picking up rubbish
N
D. Putting up signs
E. Building fences
A
Questions 13-14
LO
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which TWO items should volunteers in Group A bring with them?
A. Food and water
B. Boots H
C. Gloves
D. Raincoats
N
E. Their own tools
A
Questions 21-26
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
Marketing report
21. Why did Leo choose instant coffee as the topic for his marketing report?
A. He found plenty of material on the topic
B. He had some practical experience in the area
N
C. He had an idea of a brand he wanted to target
A
22. Leo discovered that in Australia, recent technological developments
LO
A. Are producing less healthy types of instant coffee
B. Are reducing the demand for instant coffee
C. Are improving the quality of instant coffee
23. What do the speakers agree about Leo’s table of coffee products?
H
A. It needs more explanation in the text
N
B. It is factually inaccurate in some places
C. It would be best to put this in the appendix
A
24. What do they decide about the description of Shaffers coffee as a market
TH
followers?
A. Leo needs to define his terms
B. Leo needs to provide some more evidence
C. Peop need to put it in a different section
S
25. What does Anna say about originality in someone’s first marketing report?
LT
26. What difference between his school assignments and this report has surprised
Leo?
A. Not knowing the criteria for getting a good mark
B. Being required to produce work without assistance
C. Having to do a great deal of research
Source: The official guide to IELTS
Questions 9-10
Choose the letters A-E
Which TWO points does the lecturer give as disadvantages for living alone?
N
C. It creates an accommodation shortage
D. It is more expensive for an individual to live alone
A
E. People may have children too late
LO
Source: Listening for IELTS
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 21-25
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
Food Waste
21. What point does Robert make about the 2013 study in Britain?
A. It focused more on packaging than wasted food
B. It proved that households produced more waste than restaurants
N
C. It included liquid waste as well as solid waste
A
22. The speakers agree that food waste reports should emphasise the connection
LO
between carbon dioxide emissions and
A. food production
B. transport of food to landfill sites
C. distribution of food products
H
23. Television programmes now tend to focus on
N
A. the nutritional value of food products
B. the origin of food products
A
24. For Anna, the most significant point about food waste is
A. the moral aspect
B. the environmental impact
C. the economic effect
S
Questions 21-30
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
N
C. Become outdated
A
22. The main problem with the computer system is that it
A. is too slow
LO
B. stops working
C. displays incorrect data
A. need to be trialled
B. still have problems
LT
C. be more economical
A. a few weeks
B. four to five months
C. nine months
Questions 21-25
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
21. Why has James chosen to do a case study on the company Furniture Rossi?
A. It has enjoyed global success
B. It is still in a developmenta phase
N
C. It is an example of a foreign company being rebranded for Australia
A
22. According to James, why did Luca Rossi start a furniture company?
A. Furniture-making was already a family occupation
LO
B. Rossi saw a need for hand-crafted furniture
C. The work Rossi had done previously was unrewarding
23. What gave Firniture Rossi a competitive advantage over other furniture
H
companies?
A. its staff
N
B. its lower prices
A
24. What does the tutor recommend James does when writing the second draft of his
case study?
A. Provide more detailed references
B. Check for written accuracy
S
25. What do the tutor and James agree was wrong with James’ last presentation?
A. It was too short
B. It focused too much on statistics
IE
Questions 21-26
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
N
B. pointing out that biofuels were in use before fossil fuels
C. ensuring students know the difference between fossil fuels and biofuels
A
22. Karina doesn’t want to discuss the production of ethanol because
LO
A. other students will already be familiar with the process
B. there will not be time to cover more important information
C. they many not provide an accurate description
H
23. Which source of biofuels do the students agree is least environmentally friendly?
A. Sugar cane
N
B. Corn
C. Canola
A
24. What is the main problem facing the development of the biofuel industry in the
TH
USA?
A. Inadequate infrastructure for transporting ethanol
B. Not enough farmers growing biofuel crops
C. Little government support of biofuel development
S
LT
26. Karina and Mike conclude that in order to increase the use of biofuels
A. the price of fossil fuels must go up
B. more machinery must be adapted to use them
C. production methods must be more energy-efficient
Questions 35 and 36
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which does the speaker believe are TWO real benefits of online social networking?
N
C. People can form relationships more quickly
D. People can improve academic performance
A
E. People can be reliably informed about current affairs
LO
Questions 37-38
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which TWO problems related to online social networking will increase, according to
the speaker? H
A. Criminal activity
N
B. Poorer grades at school
C. A decline in physical fitness
A
Questions 39 and 40
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which TWO claims are made by Robin Dunbar about social networking sites?
S
LT
Matching có nghĩa là nối - nối giữa các đáp án được cho với câu hỏi để trùng khớp với
thông tin bài nghe. Matching cũng có thể hiểu là dạng phức tạp hoá của Multiple
Choice - tức nó có phần khó hơn Multiple Choice.
a. Kiến thức
N
Một số đặc điểm của dạng Matching
A
- Matching xuất hiện rải rác khắp các Part của một bài nghe, nhưng phổ biến nhất
LO
là Part 2 và Part 4.
- Là dạng câu hỏi nối các lựa chọn tương đương với từng câu hỏi. Đôi khi số lượng
đáp án được cung cấp nhiều hơn số lượng câu hỏi nên sẽ có một số đáp án không được
H
sử dụng mà chỉ đưa ra có mục đích làm nhiễu thông tin. Nhưng cũng có tình huống
số lượng đáp án bằng số lượng câu hỏi và mỗi đáp án sẽ được sử dụng duy nhất 1 lần.
N
- Yêu cầu của Matching khá đa dạng, đôi khi có thể nối tên người với việc họ làm,
A
hoặc tên địa điểm với hoạt động xảy ra ở đó, hoặc tên một hoạt động nào đó với
những đặc điểm của nó ...... Hãy đọc kỹ câu hỏi để nắm bắt yêu cầu của dạng
TH
Matching.
S
LT
IE
Questions 8 - 10
What is said about using each of the following hotel facilities?
N
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A, B or C,
A
next to questions 8 - 10.
LO
Availability
A. included in cost of hiring room
B. available at extra change
C. not available
Hotel facilities
H
N
8. outdoor swimming pool ............
9. gym ............
A
Questions 15 - 20
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - G, next to
N
Questions 15-20.
A
What volunteers have helped people to do
LO
A. overcome physical difficulties
B. rediscover skills not used for a long time
C. improve their communication skills
D. solve problems independently
E. escape isolation
F. remember past times
H
N
G. start a new hobby
A
Volunteers
15. Habib ............
TH
N
Questions 25 - 30
What action will the students take for each of the following sections of their
A
presentation?
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - H, next to
LO
Questions 25 - 30
Actions
A. make it more interactive H
B. reduce visual input
C. add personal opinions
N
D. contact one of the researchers
E. make detailed notes
A
Sections of presentation
25. Introduction . ...........
S
Questions 31 - 36
N
Australian Aboriginal Rock Paintings
A
Which painting styles have the following features?
LO
Painting Styles
A. Dynamic
B. Yam
C. Modern H
N
Features
31. figures revealing bones .............
A
- Bài nghe nói về điều gì? Bạn có thể nhìn vào tiêu đề của các câu hỏi và đáp án để
biết nội dung cơ bản của bài nghe.
- Liệu có đáp án nào thừa? Hoặc có đáp án nào được sử dụng quá 1 lần không? Bạn
có thể so sánh số lựa câu hỏi và số sự lựa chọn để trả lời thông tin trên.
N
Bước 2: Nên đọc hiểu thật kỹ các sự lựa chọn hoặc câu hỏi và nghĩ xem chúng có thể
A
được diễn đạt như thế nào trong bài nghe. Mục đích là giúp bạn phản ứng nhanh hơn
khi nghe.
LO
Ví dụ
D. solve problems independently (giải quyết vấn đề một cách độc lập)
E. escape isolation (thoát khỏi sự cô lập)
F. remember past times (nhớ lại khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ)
G. start a new hobby (bắt đầu một sở thích mới)
S
LT
IE
N
themselves
- escape isolation ≈ get out of being alone/ don’t feel isolated
A
- remember past times ≈ recall the past/ remember the youth
- start a new hobby ≈ take up a new interest/ try a new thing that gets interested
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
- Tương tự như Multiple choice, bạn cũng nên học kỹ năng Note-taking khi thực
hiện dạng câu hỏi này. Vừa nghe, vừa ghi lại nhanh nhất một số thông tin chính của
bài nghe để đối chiếu phân tích và chọn đáp án.
- Matching chính là dạng phức tạp hơn của Multiple choice.
N
Questions 15 - 20
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - G, next to
A
Questions 15-20.
LO
What volunteers have helped people to do
A. overcome physical difficulties
B. rediscover skills not used for a long time
C. improve their communication skills
D. solve problems independently
E. escape isolation
H
N
F. remember past times
G. start a new hobby
A
Volunteers
TH
Để chọn đáp án cho câu 15, bạn phải chọn 1 trong số 7 sự lựa chọn.
IE
Để trả lời câu 16, bạn tiếp tục chọn 1 trong số 6 lựa chọn còn lại.
Nếu muốn trả lời đúng câu 17, tiếp tục chọn 1 đáp án đúng trong số 5 đáp án còn lại.
→ Hãy phân tích và chọn đáp án thật cẩn thận, vì nếu bạn chọn sai đáp án câu 15,
rất có thể bạn sẽ tiếp tục sai ở các câu hỏi sau.
Exercise 1:
A. Fitness facilities
N
B. Business facilities
C. Training courses for water sports
A
D. Entertainment facilities
LO
1. Hotel Sunshine ..................
2. The Highland Hotel ..................
3. Hotel Carminia ..................
4. The Royal .................. H
Source: Listening for IELTS
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 7-10:
Match the restaurants with their descriptions.
Write ONE letter A-E next to questions 7-10.
N
C. One family has managed the restaurant for over 100 years
D. It is expensive but serves high quality food
A
E. It has been decorated in a modern style
LO
7. The Belleview ..................
8. The Lighthouse Cafe ..................
9. Harvey’s ..................
10. Stonecroft House .................. H
N
Source: Listening for IELTS
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 4-6:
In which city A-C are the company’s functions in 4-6 located?
A. Sydney
B. Perth
C. Melbourne
N
4. Marketing ..................
5. Staff training ..................
A
6. Administration ..................
LO
Source: Listening for IELTS
Exercise 4:
Questions 7-10: H
Match the plaques to the people they represent.
Write ONE letter A-F next to questions 7-10.
N
A
A. Political figures
B. Charitable figures
TH
C. Business people
D. Sporting figures
E. Artists
F. Writers
S
Questions 18-20:
What does the guide say about each attraction?
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-E next to
questions 18-20:
A. Aquarium
B. Crocodile Cave
N
C. Penguin Park
D. Seal Centre
A
E. Turtle Town
LO
18. must not miss ..................
19. temporarily closed ..................
20. large queues ..................
H Source: The official guide to IELTS
N
Exercise 6:
A
Questions 15-17:
Who will be responsible for the following jobs as the guests arrive?
TH
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-E next to
questions 15-17.
S
A. Susan
B. Ahmed
LT
C. Gary
D. Olav
E. Monica
IE
Questions 16-20:
What comment does the speaker make about each of the following tracks?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to questions 16-20.
Track
N
16. North Point .................. A. It is possible to get lost here
17. Silver River .................. B. It only offers basic accommodation
A
18. Valley Crossing .................. C. It requires physical strength
LO
19. Stonebridge ..................
20. Henderson Ridge ..................
Exercise 8:
N
Questions 16-20:
A
Which crime prevention measure is proposed for each area affected by crime?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-G next to
TH
questions 16-20.
Questions 4-6:
Match the areas of New York to the reasons affecting population change A-D in the
box.
Choose ONE option for each question 4-6.
N
5. Brooklyn .................. B. Economic reasons
6. Queens .................. C. Employment reasons
A
D. Cultural reasons
LO
Source: Listening for IELTS
Exercise 10:
Questions 26-30:
H
What advantages do the speakers identify for each of the following projects?
N
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-G next to
questions 26-30.
A
TH
Advantages Projects
A. It should save time 26. edible patch ..........
B. It will create new jobs 27. ripeness sensor ..........
S
Questions 21-27:
What helped Stewart with each of the following stages in making his training film
for museum employees?
Choose SEVEN answers from the box and write the correct letter A-I next to
questions 21-27.
N
What helped Stewart Stages in making the training
A
film for museum emplyees
LO
A. Advice from friends 21. finding a location ..........
B. Information on a website 22. deciding on equipment ..........
C. Being allowed extra time 23. writing the script ..........
D. Meeting a professional film maker 24. casting ..........
E. Good weather condition
F. Getting a better computer
H 25. filming
26. editing
..........
..........
N
G. Support of a manager 27. designing the DVD cover ..........
H. Help from a family member
A
Questions 4-7:
Who will cover the following weather conditions?
A. Alex
B. Emma
C. Tom
N
D. None of them
A
Write the correct letter A, B, C or D next to questions 4-7.
LO
4. blizzards .............
5. floods .............
6. drought .............
7. cyclones ............. H
Source: Listening for IELTS
N
Exercise 13:
A
Questions 26-30:
TH
In what time period can data from the float project help with the following things?
Questions 23-26:
What do the students decide about each topic for the geography presentation?
N
23. Geographical Location .............
24. Economy .............
A
25. Overview of Education System .............
26. Role of English Language .............
LO
A. They will definitely include this topic.
B. They might include this topic.
C. They will not include this topic.
H
N
Source: Cambridge IELTS 7
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Summary tức là 1 đoạn văn ngắn hơn so với bài nghe, tóm tắt lại những ý chính điển
hình nhất trong bài nghe. Dạng Summary Completion dạo gần đây thường xuất
hiện với tần suất ít hơn trong các bài thi IELTS Listening, nhưng khi đã xuất hiện
thì nó tập trung chủ yếu ở Part 3 và 4 và có độ khó khá cao.
N
a. Kiến thức
A
Một số đặc điểm của Summary Completion:
LO
- Là dạng câu hỏi điền từ còn thiếu vào chỗ trống với giới hạn từ cho trước (thường
dao động từ 1 đến 3 từ). Giới hạn từ sẽ được khẳng định ngay ở phần đầu của câu
hỏi.
- Thường xuất hiện trong Part 3 và Part 4 của bài thi IELTS Listening nên có thể
H
được xếp vào nhóm câu hỏi khó của IELTS Listening.
- Bài Summary Completion sẽ có một tiêu đề giúp bạn nắm bắt được nội dung chính
N
của bài tóm tắt là gì.
- Giống như các dạng câu hỏi khác, thứ tự thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ trùng với thứ
A
tự câu hỏi.
TH
Ví dụ Summary Completion xuất hiện trong Part 3 của bài thi IELTS Listening, với
giới hạn từ là không quá 2 từ cho 1 vị trí trống. Tên của bài tóm tắt là George's
experience of university nên ta đoán được Part 3 này sẽ nói về những trải nghiệm
của George khi đi học đại học.
S
LT
N
Health and Hair
A
Changes in diet will take longer to affect your hair than your 39..........
LO
Vitamins C, D and E are all important for healthy hair and 40......... are one of
the best sources of Vitamin C.
Nguồn: The Official Guide to IELTS
H
N
- Đôi khi Summary Completion sẽ có một danh sách từ cho trước và bạn cần điền vào
chỗ trống một từ trong danh sách đó. Những từ vựng cho trước này, hoặc được nhắc
A
đến y hệt ở bài nghe, hoặc được diễn đạt bằng từ đồng nghĩa trong bài nghe.
TH
Note: Dạng Summary Completion về mặt hình thức giống với dạng Note/ Table/
Sentence Completion hay thậm chí giống cả Form Completion. Chúng đều yêu cầu
người nghe hoàn thành vào vị trí trống với từ vựng thích hợp.
Sự khác nhau ở đây là:
S
- Dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion thì mỗi câu hỏi trong một đoạn Note/
LT
Table/ Sentence là một câu riêng rẽ, hoặc thậm chí chỉ là một cụm từ tóm tắt lại ý
chính của bài nghe. Những thông tin liên quan với mỗi chỗ trống sẽ ít hơn, ngắn gọn
hơn.
IE
- Dạng Summary Completion là một đoạn tóm tắt lại các ý chính của một phần
trong audio, vì vậy câu nọ liên kết với câu kia để tạo thành một đoạn văn hoàn
chỉnh. Vì thế, người nghe phải ghi nhớ nhiều thông tin hơn khi làm Summary Com-
pletion và khó khăn khi xác định từ cần điền là gì.
Bước 1: Xác định giới hạn từ cần điền vào mỗi chỗ trống:
- Giới hạn từ cần điền thường dao động trong khoảng 1 - 3 từ.
- Xác định giới hạn từ giúp bạn tránh được lỗi điền thừa/ thiếu thông tin vào câu trả
lời.
N
Bước 2: Phân tích thông tin có sẵn:
A
- Đọc tiêu đề của bài Summary để biết đại ý chính của bài nghe.
- Gạch chân keywords (từ khóa) giúp hiểu nội dung chính của câu hỏi và giúp dễ
LO
dàng.
bắt được vị trí chứa thông tin cho một câu hỏi. Từ khoá chính ở đây thường là danh
từ, động từ, tính từ mang ý nghĩa đặc trưng nhất của đoạn văn.
- Rất nên chú ý đến những từ khoá sẽ không bị diễn đạt lại bằng từ đồng nghĩa trong
H
bài nghe, như tên riêng, thuật ngữ chuyên ngành, thời gian ….. vì những từ vựng này
sẽ là cột mốc giúp bạn định hình bài nghe đang nói chỗ nào, nói về cái gì.
N
Bước 3: Phân tích câu trả lời:
A
- Bạn nên chia nhỏ bài Summary thành nhiều câu văn nhỏ để phân tích dễ hơn.
TH
- Xác định từ loại (danh từ, động từ, tính từ ... ) và loại thông tin vào mỗi chỗ trống.
Việc xác định như vậy giúp bạn dễ dàng trong việc nghe hiểu và bắt được từ cần điền
vào mỗi câu hỏi hơn.
- Cố gắng đoán những đáp án khả dụng. Liệu rằng thông tin cần điền sẽ là cái gì,
S
nơi chốn, sự vật, sự việc hay con người …. để bạn nghe có định hướng hơn.
LT
IE
N
Birds called Rainbow Bee Eaters eat only 25............. , and cough up small bits
of skeleton and other products in a pellet.
A
Researchers go to the locations the bee eaters like to use for 26............. They
collect the pellets and take them to a 27............. for analysis.
LO
Here 28............. is used to soften them, and the researchers look for the 29
............. of Asian bees in the pellets.
The benefit of this research is that the result is more 30............. than searching
for live Asian bees. H Nguồn: Cambridge 8 - Test 2
N
A
Đề bài yêu cầu “Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer” nên với mỗi chỗ trống/
câu hỏi, chỉ được phép điền 1 từ duy nhất.
TH
Câu 25: Birds called Rainbow Bee Eaters eat only 25......, and cough up small bits of
skeleton and other products in a pellet.
S
- Từ Rainbow Bee Eaters là tên riêng, sẽ không được paraphrase (dùng từ đồng
LT
nghĩa) nên chúng ta có thể bám vào từ này để định vị đáp án câu 25 trong bài nghe.
- Nhờ có từ eat only ...... nên ta sẽ biết ở vị trí 25, ta cần điền 1 danh từ chỉ một món
ăn nào đó của con Rainbow Bee Eaters, ví dụ như nó chỉ ăn thịt, ăn côn trùng, ......
IE
- Thông tin cough up small bits of skeleton and other products in a pellet giúp hoàn
thiện câu, nhưng không có chứa đáp án nên bạn có thể không cần quá chú ý.
- Từ “locations” là nội dung chính, lúc nào bài nghe nhắc tới địa điểm mà các nhà
khoa học đi tới thì ta sẽ cần chú ý để chọn thông tin thích hợp cho câu 26.
- “The bee eaters like to use for...” đóng vai trò bổ sung mô tả cho locations, có thể là
những địa điểm con Rainbow Bee Eaters thích đến để ăn/ ngủ/ đẻ trứng/.......... nên
vị trí 26 hoặc sẽ là một danh từ, hoặc động từ ở dạng V-ing.
N
Câu 27: They collect the pellets and take them to a 27.......... for analysis.
A
- Ý chính của câu này là “collect the pellets” và đây cũng là cụm từ giúp bạn xác định
LO
vị trí thông tin liên quan đến câu 27.
- Sau khi các nhà nghiên cứu thu thập pellets, họ sẽ mang đến một nơi nào đó để
phân tích, vậy nên câu 27 chắc chắn cần 1 danh từ chỉ nơi chốn, ở dạng số ít. Thường
thì để phân tích, mình sẽ đưa mẫu đến phòng thí nghiệm (laboratory) hoặc phòng
nghiên cứu (research room).
H
N
Thực hiện tương tự với các vị trí trống tiếp theo.
A
- Song song với việc nghe, bạn cần đồng thời đối chiếu từ đồng nghĩa giữa bài nghe
và phần Summary.
Ví dụ khi đang nghe thông tin câu 25, bài nghe nhắc đến: The unique food for these
bees is ... thì bạn cần nhanh chóng nhận ra rằng: the unique food = eat only.
S
- Nếu bạn nghe được 1 từ có thể là đáp án và/hoặc bạn biết nghĩa tiếng Việt của từ
LT
này nhưng chưa nhận ra các đánh vần của nó, hãy nhanh chóng ghi lại nghĩa/ cách
phát âm của đáp án đó. Bạn sẽ có thời gian kiểm tra lại đáp án cuối mỗi section.
- Đáp án điền vào mỗi chỗ trống cần phù hợp về cả ngữ pháp và ngữ nghĩa với bài
IE
tóm tắt.
Exercise 1:
Questions 1-4.
Complete the summary below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
N
Summary
A
Paul was interested in the 1.................. so took an ecology course at university. The
LO
course included a section on 2.................... and an interesting lecture caused him to
quickly change his degree.
Paul says working in palarontology can be difficult and he describes the conditions
H
as 3................. However, the discovery of a 4.................... from an ancient animal
made him realise he had made the right choice.
N
Source: The official guide to IELTS
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Questions 31-34:
Complete the summary below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Sundials
N
With the sundial, daylight was measured in twelve 31.................. which were longer
A
and shorter depending on the seasons. The first known sundial is a 32...............
sundial from Egypt. After some development, sundial could measure time accurately
LO
despite seasonal changes and 33............ People have sundials today as 34...............
items in their gardens.
Questions 7-10:
Complete the summary below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
N
Over the next five years, Benchmark Consulting will create two 7..............................
companies in order to increase business with European and Asian organisations. In
A
all departments, more 8...................... will be recruited over the next year, and to
ensure Benchmark Consulting is a good choice for potential employees, salaries for
LO
staff will be raised by 9......................... Staff who will have to move to a different city
following the restructure will receive a 10............................. to assist with expenses.
Exercise 4:
H
N
Questions 1-4:
A
not waste time by picking up any bags or 2.............................. Once outside the
building, staff should follow the 3......................... who will direct them to the waiting
area at the back of the building. Each department has an appointed fire safety
officer who is responsible for checking all their staff have left the office. This person
IE
must then report any 4........................ to the fire safety manager. The fire safety
manager will notify people when it is safe to return.
Questions 8-10:
Complete the summary below using words from the box.
Write ONE option A-H next to 8-10.
N
The alternative energy project will cover 3 main areas: a comparison, a price
A
8.................. and an analysis. The students will use information given to them by
their tutor and government 9.......................... Using a system of comparison between
LO
the data sets they will 10................. any discrepancies for further analysis
Questions 1-5:
Complete the summary below with the correct words a-l.
Write ONE option a-l next to 1-5.
The students are preparing for their 1........................... discussion by discussing the
N
various theories presented by academics in the fields of 2........................ energy.
Overall, they agree with the academics that the most sustainable long term
A
3........................ energy source is nuclear but they are concerned about the
4........................ based on past disasters around the world. The students are unable to
LO
agree on the cost-to-benefit ratio of sources such as wind and solar because the
academic 5........................ appears to be inconclusive.
a. dangers
e. problems
b. price
f. evidence
H
c. alternative
g. different
d. cost effectice
h. nuclear
N
i. research j. benefits k. tutorial l. seminar
A
Questions 21-25:
Complete the summary below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
N
A
LO
The libraries on both sites provide internet access and have a variety of 21...................
materials on education.
The Castle Road library has books on sociology, together with 22.................. and other
resources relevant to the majority of 23..................... school subjects.
H
The Fordham library includes resources for teaching in 24..................... education and
N
special needs
A
Current issues of periodicals are available at both libraries, although 25........... issues are
only available at Fordham.
TH
Questions 26-30:
Complete the summary below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
Business centre
N
The Business Resource Centre contains materials such as books and manuals to be
used for training. It is possible to hire 26.................... and 27....................
A
There are materials for working on study skills (eg. 28.....................) and other
subjects include finance and 29.....................
LO
30...........................membership costs £50 per year.
Exercise 9:
H
N
Questions 25-30:
Complete the summary below.
A
Researchers go to the locations the bee eaters like to use for 26.................. They
collect the pellets and take them to a 27.................... for analysis. Here 28
LT
.................... is used to soften them and the researchers look for the 29.................. of
Asian bees in the pellets
The benefit of this research is that the result is more 30.................. than searching
IE
Questions 31 – 34:
Complete the summary below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
N
In 1973, Mark Granovetter claimed that the influence of ‘weak-ties’ can affect the
behavior of populations in the fields of information science, politics and
A
31.................... Although friends-of-friends may be unlike us, they have similar
LO
enough 32................. to have a beneficial effect on our lives. An example of this
influence is when we hear about 33 .................... because information about them is
provided by weak-ties. Since Granovetter proposed his theory, other studies have
shown that weak-tie networks also benefit our 40.......................
H
N
Source: The official guide to IELTS
Exercise 11:
A
Questions 23-26:
TH
25……….……… He thinks there are too many 26…………..… and would like less
of them.
Mình xin giới thiệu về các sản phẩm giáo dục IELTS Thanh Loan đang cung cấp
như sau:
N
1. Khoá học offline tại Hà Nội để đảm bảo sự tương tác tốt nhất giữa giáo viên
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
và người học, tạo môi trường học vui vẻ, thân thiện và tập trung.
A
2. Khoá học IELTS online để tăng tính linh hoạt về thời gian, không gian học.
https://online.ielts-thanhloan.com/
LO
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall
3. Sản phẩm sách ebook IELTS do IELTS Thanh Loan biên soạn hỗ trợ bạn
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/danh-muc/sach-ielts-thanh-loan-viet/
H
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/chua-bai-ielts-writing
4. https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-advanced
Dịch vụ chữa bài IELTS Writing online có phí cho các bạn đang luyện đề.
N
Chúc bạn học tập tốt!
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
N
4. Adelaide 8. Terry Fisher
A
Transcript
1. My name is Barbara Cooper. I’ll spell it for you Barbara, B-A-R-B-A-R-A, Cooper,
LO
C-O-O-P-E-R. Did you get it? I’m Barbara Cooper.
2. Do you need my full name? My first name’s John, J-O-H-N. Yes, J-O-H-N. And my
surname’s Murphy, M-U-R-P-H-Y.
3. A: MY Christian name is Stephen H
B: Now, there are different ways of spelling that, aren’t there?
A: Yes, Mine’s P-H
N
B: Pardon?
A
A: Gren
B: No, no. G-R double E-N-W-I-C-H, Greenwich
8. A. Hello, I have an appointment with Miss Parker
B. Your name, please?
Terry Fisher. That’s T-E-R-R-Y, Terry, F-I-S-H-E-R, Fisher
Thank you
N
7. NEWPORT 17. BRISTOL
8. BELFAST 18. BRADFORD
A
9. MANCHESTER 19. LONDON
10. LEEDS 20. BRIGHTON
LO
Exercise 3:
1. Leeds H
2. David Barker
3. 5027745
N
A
Transcript
TH
1. Manchester
2. John Abel
3. 2418
4. 3659783
N
Transcript
A
Operator: Directory Enquiries. What city please?
LO
Enquirer: Manchester. I’d like to have the telephone number of Mr. John Q1
Abel, please. Q2
Operator: Yes, ma’am. How do you spell his last name?
Enquirer: It’s A-B-E-L, Abel. H
Operator: Thank you. and could you tell me his address?
Enquirer: It’s 2418 Grestone Road Q3
N
Operator: The number is 3659783. Q4
Enquirer: 3659783. Thank you very much
A
N
Transcript
A
Example: My name is Charles Chang from Leeds. I’m studying music here.
LO
1. I’m Elizabeth Sheen from Finland. You can call me Liz. It is spelled L-I-Z, Q1
easy to remember. I’m studying computer science. Q2
2. I’m Chris, C-H-R-I-S, from the United States. I’m studying engineering.
H Q3-Q4
3. My name is Paulo White and I come from Japan, and I’m studying English. Q5-Q6
N
A
Exercise 6:
TH
1. 46 4. 40 7. 43 10. 87
2. 13 5. 29 8. 38
3. 26 6. 18 9. 12
Transcript
S
1. Edinburgh
2. Diana Paxton
3. 932 Beach Road
4. 4023685
N
Transcript
A
Operator: Directory Enquiries. What city please?
LO
Enquirer: Edinburgh. I want to have the telephone number of Mrs. Diana Q1
Paxton, please. Q2
Operator: Yes, ma’am. Could you spell her last name, please?
Enquirer: Yes. It’s P-A-X-T-O-N, Paxton
Operator:
Enquirer:
Thank you, and her address?
932 Beach Road.
H Q3
N
Operator: The number is 4023685 Q4
Enquirer: 4023685. Thank you very much.
A
1. WILLIAMS
2. Peter
3. Canada
4. 9 Crew Street RC4
5. 2342965
6. 25
N
A
Transcript
LO
Secretary: Good morning. Can I help you?
Student: Yes. I’d like to enroll for the course.
Secretary: Certainly. What’s your surname please?
Student:
Secretary:
Williams.
Could you spell that for me?
H Q1
N
Student: Yes. It’s W-I-L-L-I-A-M-S
Secretary: Thank you. What’s your first name?
A
Student: Canada Q3
Secretary: I see. Where do you live now?
Student: I live at 9 Crew Street RC4 and my telephone number is Q4
2342965 Q5
S
Secretary: Thanks
1. TURNBALL
2. Gill
3. Australia
4. 32 Broadway SE23
5. 2073346
6. 23
N
A
Transcript
LO
Secretary: Good morning. Can I help you?
Student: Yes. I’d like to enroll for the course.
Secretary: Certainly. What’s your surname please?
Student:
Secretary:
Turnball
Could you spell that for me?
H Q1
N
Student: Yes. It’s T-U-R-N-B-A-L-L
Secretary: Thank you. What’s your first name?
A
Student: 23 Q6
Secretary: Thank you
IE
1. POTTERS
2. Mike
3. The United States
4. 27
5. E24
6. 3653241
N
Transcript
A
LO
Secretary: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
Student: Yes. I’d like to enroll for the course.
Secretary: Certainly. What’s your surname please?
Student: Potters Q1
Secretary: Could you spell that for me?
H
Student: Yes. It’s P-O-T-T-E-R-S
N
Secretary: Thank you. What’s your first name?
A
1. 2:45 6. 12:30
2. 5:20 7. 11:05
3. 7:30 8. 17:40
4. 6:20 9. 22:50
5. 8:00 10. 15:30
N
Transcript
A
1. A: Excuse me. Can you tell me the time, please
B: Yes. It’s a quarter to three
LO
2. A: Do you have the right time, please?
B: I think it’s twenty past five
3. A: Do you know what time the next bus is, please?
B: Yes. It’s half past seven. H
4. A. What time do you finish your work today?
B. Twenty past six.
N
5. A: When do the shops open, please?
B: At eight o’clock
A
B. Twelve thirty.
7. A: What’s the next train to Birmingham, please?
B: Eleven five.
8. A: Excuse me, please. What time does the Liverpool train arrive?
B: Seventeen forty.
S
B: Twenty-two fifty.
10. A: What time’s the next flight to Amsterdam, please?
B: Fifteen thirty.
IE
1. 9:30; 11:30
2. 10:30
3. an hour
4. 50
5. 15
N
A
Transcript
LO
A: Have you got your timetable?
B: Yes, I have
A: When do we have Dr. Kent’s lecture?
B: Monday morning at nine thirty and then at eleven thirty,
H Q1
mm… also Friday morning at ten thirty. Q2
A: How long do they last?
N
B: An hour Q3
A
Vocabulary:
S
LT
1. 4 13:30 Cambridge
2. 2 14:20 Birmingham
3. 3 16:40 Liverpool
4. 1 7:30 London
N
5. 5 9:10 Leeds
6. 2 10:30 Oxford
A
7. 5 11:05 Leeds
LO
8. 3 11:30 Manchester
Transcript
H
1. The train now standing at Platform 4 is the 13:30 to Cambridge.
N
2. The express train the Birmingham is now due in on Platform 2 at 14:20.
3. The next train to arrive at Platform 3 is the 16:40 to Liverpool.
A
Platform 5.
6. The next train to Oxford will depart from Platform 2 at 10:30.
7. The train now standing at Platform 5 is the 11:05 to Leeds.
8. British Rail apologises for the delay to the Manchester train. It will now depart at
S
Vocabulary:
IE
Area People/ sq km
UK 234
European Community 143
England 364
Greater London 4263
N
Scotland 56
Wales 138
A
Northern Ireland 112
LO
City Area (sq km) Population (thousands)
N
have 138 and 112 people per square kilometre respectively. Now let’s turn to the
figures for some of Britain’s largest urban areas.
A
Greater London, the first city in the list, has an area of 1580 square kilometres. It
also has a large population of 6735.4 thousand in 1988. Birmingham in the English
LO
Midlands is 264 square kilometres in area with a population of 993.7 thousand.
Leeds, the largest city in the north of England, is 562 square kilometres with a
population of 709.6 thousand. The industrial Scottish town of Glasgow, with an area
of 198 square kilometres, has a surprisingly high population of 703.2 thousand.
H
Edinburgh, Scotland’s capital, with an area of 261 square kilometres, has a
population of 433.5 thousand. Manchester is 116 square kilometres with a
N
population of 445.9 thousand. Bristol on the southwest of England is 110 square
A
thousand.
Vocabulary:
N
If a couple both earn money, 1) 93% 7) 89% 13) 80% 20) 86%
A
both should share the
LO
housework
Men and women should be 2) 85% 8) 89% 14) 75% 21) 87%
paid the same for the same
job H
N
Nursing is women’s work 3) 80% 9) 65% 15) 85% 22) 92%
A
Mining is men’s work 90% 10) 90% 16) 87% 23) 95%
TH
Cooking should still be done 4) 13% 82% 17) 65% 24) 47%
by women
Washing clothes should still 5) 7% 11) 75% 18) 62% 25) 67%
S
be done by women
LT
IE
Researchers have done some investigation into what young people believe is a
woman’s place in society. Here is a report on some of their findings.
The Chinese are consistent supporters of sex equality with only 12% of young
people believing that a woman’s place is in the home. 93% are enthusiastic about
sharing the housework and 85% of them believe that women should be paid the
same for doing the same job. 80% think that nursing is a woman’s job and 90% of
N
them believe that mining is only men’s work. 13% of Chinese, an extremely low
percentage, believe cooking is solely a woman’s job and 7%, even fewer, think that
A
only she should do the washing.
For a more traditional view of a woman’s place, turn to the Japanese. 52% think
LO
women belong in the home. 89% of young people believe that a couple should share
the housework and get equal pay for doing the same job. 65% of them believe
nursing is a good job for women and 90% believe that mining is solely men’s work.
75% of them believe a woman should do the washing and 82% of them think she
H
should do the cooking at home.
80% of Koreans believe men and women should get the same pay for the same job.
N
39% believe a woman’s place is in the home. 75% of them believe that housework
A
should be shared between men and women if both work, but there’s almost a
complete reversal when it comes to doing the washing and cooking. Here, very few
TH
believe in sharing the work. 62% and 65% respectively believe that women should
do both. 85% of Koreans believe nursing is a woman’s job and 87% think mining is
a man’s job.
Turning to Thailand, we find a country that’s not over enthusiastic about equality:
S
45% of young people believe that a woman should stay at home. However, there’s an
interesting 20% gap between whether cooking and washing are solely women’s
LT
jobs. 67% vote for women doing the washing, while only 47% feel the same way
about cooking and 86% of Thais believe that housework should be shared between
men and women. 87% of young people believe that men and women should be paid
IE
the same for the same job. 92% think nursing is women’s work and 95% of them
believe mining should be done by men.
N
- enthusiastic (adjective): nhiệt tình
Meaning: feeling or showing a lot of excitement and interest about
A
somebody/something
LO
- solely (adv): một mình
Meaning: only; not involving somebody/something else
Exercise 1:
N
4. flat/apartment 9. 57 Thorney Leys
5. 2/two 10. email/e-mail
A
Transcript
LO
Man: Hello. Good Moves Accommodation Agency. Ben speaking. How can I
help?
Woman: Good morning. I’m calling about an apartment on your website, and was
wondering if I could have some more information.
H
M: Certainly. Can I take your details before we get started?
W:
N
Sure.
M: Right, what’s your name, please?
A
I had a look at your website and. well, that’s why I’m calling now.
LT
W: No?
M: No. it went this morning. It’s in a really popular part of town. We do have
a house on the same street, if you’re interested. It’s £950 a month.
W: Er, no, I think that’s much too expensive. I think an apartment is all we
can afford.
N
M: And what’s your budget?
A
W: I’m sorry?
M: How much can you pay a month?
LO
W: Let me see, er, £700 a month is probably our limit.
M: Each?
W: No, that would be for the both of us. We wouldn’t be able to pay more than
M:
H
£350 each. Oh, and that would have to include bills. Not phone bills,
obviously, but things like electricity, gas and water.
Q7-Q8
N
W: Hmm, OK, well, we do have a place in the Bampton district, which is about ten
A
minutes by bus from town. It’s a two-bedroom apartment, and it’s less than
your budget, at £600 a month. Bills would be extra, unfortunately, but that
TH
should still work out at less than £700. Although remember that electricity and
gas prices are going up all the time, so I can’t guarantee that.
M: Do you have an address?
S
W: Thorney Leys Road. Thorney is T-H-O-R-N-E-Y and Leys is L-E-Y-S. And the
district is called Bampton. Do you have an email address? Q10
IE
M: Yes.
W: In that case, I can send you the details, and then you can think about it. And if
you’re interested, I could arrange for a visit so you can see the place for
yourself. How does that sound?
W: Oh, that would be really helpful. It’s clarice_willard@... [fade]
N
- within walking distance of (adjective): gần
Meaning: near something
A
- budget (noun): ngân sách/thu nhập/túi tiền
LO
Meaning: the money that is available to a person or an organization
Transcript
Advisor: Good morning. International Book Fair ticket office. How can I help?
Caller: Oh, hello, I’d like to book some tickets for the fair, please. And I have a
N
few questions about the event as well, if that’s Ok.
A: Certainly. Well, let’s deal with the tickets first. Er, can I just take your
A
details first?
C: Sure
LO
A: Let’s start with your name and address
C: OK, it’s Wallace. Augus Wallace Q1
A: Could you spell your surname for me, please?
C: Of course. It’s W-A-L-L-A-C-E H
A: Sorry, was that one L or two?
N
C: Two, er, double L
A: Thanks, and your address?
A
C: No, it’s OX13, and it’s N for November, not M for Mike.
LT
C: Right. That’s my home number. If I’m not in, I can be contacted at work, Q5
on 0872 298 1191. I’m usually there from 9 in the morning until 5.30 in Q6
the evening.
A: And how many tickets would you like?
C: Two, please. For the Saturday
A: Two for Saturday May 7th Q7
C: C: That’s right
1. Malaysian 3. 0404229160
2. 13 Anglesea 4. economist
5. dancing
Transcript
N
Don: Hello. Come in and take a seat
Jenny: Oh, thanks
A
D: Good, how can I help you?
J: Well, I’d quite like to join this International Social Club and I was
LO
D: shopping you can help me.
J: Yes, no problem. Let’s me just get the form up my screen and I’ll fill in
your details. Let’s see… yes, here we are. Ok, the first think we need is
your name H
D: Foo, that’s F-double O
J: OK, great and can you tell me how old you are, Jenny?
N
D: I'm 21 . D Great and how long have you been here in Australia, by the
A
way?
J: I arrived just last month, two weeks before the start of the academic year,
TH
J: That's right, though I lived in the United States for a couple of years when
I was a teenager - we went there for my father's Job.
LT
D: OK, let me just type that in. Er, how do you spell Anglesea , by the way?
J: It's spelled A- N-G- L- E- S-E-A
D: Thanks. That's quite a long way from the city centre, isn't it? Is it a
problem getting into the city centre?
J: Not really, because the buses are good, and it's a nice, quiet area to live
in.
N
D: Fine. Now, let's see, what's next? Er, yep. Can you tell me what you do -
I mean, are you working or studying?
A
J: Well, at the moment I'm doing a temporary job with a company here in
Sydney– I'm an economist in fact Q4
LO
D: OK - and how long do you think you'll be here in Sydney?
J: At least a year. I may look for work here afterwards.
D: Great. Now, you want to join the International Social Club, and it would
be good to know a bit about your free-time interests as well. What do you
H
like doing?
J: Well. I'm quite musical and I really enjoy singing.
N
D: Mm-hm.
Back home. I sang with a band-just you know, for fun. But for me, what I
A
J:
like best is dancing. You know, the modern sort? I really love it Q5
TH
Vocabulary:
S
N
Woman: Oh. hello, yes. Um, I'm setting up a new office and I don't have Internet
access yet. But I'd like to place an order for some furniture
A
M: That's fine. You can do it over the phone. And I can fill in the form for you
this end.
LO
W: Oh great, thanks
M: I just need to take a few customer details first if that's OK?
W: Yes, fine
M: What name is it? H
W: My name?
N
M: Yes
W: Oh, it's Sue Brown
A
M: Sue Brown -thanks. And what's the name of your company, Ms. Brown?
W: It's a clothing company, er... it's called ‘Dress your best'. Q1
TH
M: I see. And where are you located - what's your postal address?
W: Right - well. We're on Kirby Trading Estate.
M: Kirby - how do you spell that? Q2
IE
W: It's K-1-R-B-Y.
M: Oh. I know that area. It's New Hampton Road, isn't it?
W: Yes. that's right, number 210 - in South Down.
M: OK. And can I have a contact number for our delivery man?
W: Sure – it's probably best if I give you my mobile number
M: OK.
N
W: When are they?
M: Well, there's one on the 16th of the month, but there's a charge of 40 dollars
A
for that one.
W: Oh. That's a lot!
LO
M: Mmm. Or there's option 2 which is the end of the month . . . I'll have to confirm
the date later. And that's a free delivery.
W: I'll take option 2. Thanks. I don't want to pay a charge . Q4
M: OK - I'll note down 'no charge'. H
W: We haven't organised the office yet. So there should be plenty of time.
M: Mm-hm. And lastly, you don't have an account with us .. so how would you like
N
to pay?
A
Vocabulary:
S
LT
N
Man: Hi, Lake Pane Campground. Can I help you?
Woman: Oh, hi, yes, um. I wonder if we could book a site on your campground?
A
M: Sure. My computer’s down at the moment, so I just need to get a form.
OK – how many nights would you like to stay for?
LO
W: Um, well, ideally, we’d like to stay for five.
M: Five nights, OK. So when are you planning to arrive?
W: Well, we’ll be travelling around the area from mid-July and we think we’ll be at
the lake by about the 24th H
M: Let’s see. July’s a busy time. We could probably fit you in, but to be honest, if you
N
want five nights, it would be better to get here a day earlier. We’ve got a big group
coming at the end of the month.
A
RV?
W: An RV?
M: Yeah – you know, a recreational vehicle… a camper van
W: Oh right, yes, we’re driving a van, so…
S
we’re from.
M: I was going to ask you if you were in the UK. It’s a really good line, isn’t it?
W: Yes
M: Would this be your contact number?
W: Yes – it’s 07968355630 Q3
N
M: Well, you’re coming in the RV, so would you like to hook up to our electricity?
W: Oh yes, please
A
M: You can also attach your vehicle to the water taps here
M: I hope it’s all easy to do
LO
M: Yeah – you just plug into the electricity and switch on the water. The people who Q4
hire our the RVs will explain it all.
W: OK – and what about waste water?
M: Sure – you can have a site with a sewer – or I think you guys call it a drain –
H Q5
that’s a bit extra. Not all campground have that facility, you see.
W: Fine, we’ll have it. So what’s the total and….
N
Vocabulary:
A
TH
N
Transcript
WOMAN: Hello… motor insurance department…
A
MAN: Oh hello… I’d like to ask about insurance for my car.
LO
WOMAN: Yes, of course. I’ll just take a few details. What’s your name?
MAN: Patrick Jones.
WOMAN: And your address?
MAN: It’s 27 Bank Road. Q1
WOMAN:
MAN:
H
27 Bank Road. Is that in Greendale?
Yes.
N
WOMAN: And what’s your daytime phone number?
MAN: My work number is 730453.
A
WOMAN: OK… now a few details about your car… What size is the engine?
MAN: It’s 1200 CCS.
WOMAN: Thank you… and the make and model?
MAN: It’s a Hewton Sable.
S
N
MAN: P-A-Y-N-T-E-R.
WOMAN: OK thank you… And what relationship is he to you?
A
MAN: He’s my brother-in-law. Q7
LO
WOMAN: And what will you or Mr. Paynter be using the car for?
MAN: Well… mainly for social use…
WOMAN: Social use. Will you be using it to travel to work ? Q8
MAN: Yes… sometimes.
WOMAN:
MAN:
…Anything else?
No. That’s it…
H
N
WOMAN: And finally… when would you like to start the insurance?
MAN: I’ll need it from the 31st of January.
A
WOMAN: Right… Mr. Jones… I’m getting a couple of quotes coming up on the
computer now… and the best bet looks like being with a company
TH
MAN: Well… that seems OK… it’s quite a bit lower than I’ve been paying up
to now…
LT
Vocabulary:
- presume (verb): đoán
Meaning: to guess
- insurer (noun): bên bảo hiểm
Meaning: a person or company that contracts to indemnify another in the event of
loss or damage
N
STUDENT: Anita Newman—that’s N-E-W-M-A-N.
AGENT: And your address, Anita?
A
STUDENT: I’m in one of the Halls of Residence for post-graduate students, you
LO
know, International House. Q6
AGENT: OK—that’s easy. What’s your room number there?
STUDENT: Room B569 – no sorry B659. I always get that wrong. I haven’t been Q7
living there very long.
AGENT:
STUDENT:
H
Do you have any other skills? Typing, languages, that sort of thing?
Well, I speak some Japanese.
N
AGENT: Right, I’ll make a note of that. Now—let’s see what else is available.
What do you think of administrative work? There is a position for an
A
AGENT: Yes, sure. It says here that you’ll be required to deal with student
LT
N
- handle (verb): xử lý
Meaning: to deal with a situation, a person, an area of work or a strong emotion
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
N
NINA: So will you fill in the form or shall I?
A
GEORGE: I’ll do it. Name: George O’Neill. Address: 48 North Avenue, Westsea. Q3
Do you remember our new postcode? Still can’t remember it.
LO
NINA: Just a minute – I’ve got it written down here. WS6 2YH. Do you need the Q4
phone too?
GEORGE: Please. I’m really bad at numbers.
NINA: 01674 553242. So, let’s book two tickets for Guitarrini.
H Q5
GEORGE: Okay. If you’re sure £7.50 each is all right. How do you feel about the
N
singer?
NINA: I haven’t quite decided. But I’ve noticed something on the booking form
A
GEORGE: Yes, let’s book two tickets for that. So, what else? I’m feeling quite keen
LT
N
- discount (noun): sự giảm giá
A
Meaning: an amount deducted from the usual list price
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1. waiter(s) 6. jacket
2. day off 7. 28 June
3. break 8. Urwin
4. (free) meal 9. 12.00 (pm)/noon/mid-day
5. dark (colored/coloured) 10. reference
N
Transcript
A
WOMAN: Hello, West Bay Hotel. Can I help you?
MAN: Oh, good morning. I’m ringing about your advertisement in the Evening
LO
Gazette.
WOMAN: Is that the one for temporary staff?
MAN: That’s right.
WOMAN: Yes. I’m afraid the person who’s dealing with that isn’t in today, but I can
H
give you the main details if you like.
MAN: Yes, please. Could you tell me what kinds of staff you are looking for?
N
WOMAN: We’re looking for waiters at the moment. There was one post for a cook, Q1
A
WOMAN: There are two different shifts – there’s a day shift from 7 to 2 and a late
shift from 4 till 11.
MAN: And can people choose which one they want to do?
WOMAN: Not normally, because everyone would choose the day shift I suppose.
S
MAN: Okay. I’m just writing all this down. What about time off?
WOMAN: You get one day off and I think you can negotiate which one you want, Q2
it’s more or less up to you. But it has to be the same one every week.
IE
N
WOMAN: You have to wear a jacket, but the hotel lends you that. Q6
MAN: I see. Er, one last thing – I don’t know what the starting date is.
A
Just a minute, I think it’s sometime around the end of June. Yes, the 28th, Q7
LO
in time for the summer.
MAN: That’s great. I’m available from the 10th.
WOMAN: Oh good. Well, if you can call again you need to speak to the Service
Manager. Her name’s Jane Urwin, that’s U-R-W-I-N, and she’ll Q8
MAN:
probably arrange to meet you. H
Okay. And when’s the best time to ring?
N
WOMAN: Could you call tomorrow? Um, she usually starts checking the rooms at
midday, so before then if you can, so she’ll have more time to chat. I’ll Q9
A
just give you her number because she’s got a direct line.
MAN: Thanks.
TH
WOMAN: And by the way, she will ask you for a reference, so you might like to be Q10
LT
thinking about that. You know, just someone who knows you and can
vouch for you.
MAN: Yes, no problem. Well, thanks very much for your help.
IE
- shift (noun): ca
Meaning: a period of time worked by a group of workers who start work as another
group finishes
N
- negotiate (verb): đàm phán
A
Meaning: (with somebody) (for/about something) to try to reach an agreement by
formal discussion
LO
- vouch for (verb): xác nhận
Meaning: (formal) to say that you believe that something is true or good because you
have evidence for it H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
Transcript
A
WOMAN: Good evening. King’s Restaurant.
MAN: Good evening. I’m ringing about the job I understand you have vacant.
LO
WOMAN: Oh yes.
MAN: I’d like to find out a few more details, if I may.
WOMAN: Yes, of course. Can I take your name?
MAN: It’s Peter Chin. H
WOMAN: Okay Peter. Well, if you want to ask about the job and then if we’re both
N
still interested, we could arrange for you to come for an interview.
MAN: Great, thanks. I’m afraid I missed the advert for the job but heard about
A
it from a friend.
WOMAN: That’s no problem at all. What would you like to know?
TH
MAN: That’d be good. And how many nights a week would it be?
LT
N
WOMAN: Yes. The nearest one would probably be just beside the library Q3
MAN: Oh yes, I know it. That’d be fine for me. And could I ask about the pay?
A
WOMAN: We’re offering £4.45 an hour. Q4
LO
MAN: That’s very good. My last job was £3.95 an hour.
WOMAN: We feel it’s pretty good and we also offer some good fringe benefits.
MAN: Really?
WOMAN: Well, we give you a free dinner, so you eat well.
MAN:
WOMAN:
Right, better than hostel food! H
We certainly hope so! And we also offer extra pay for working on
N
national holidays. Q5
MAN: Oh, that’s a really good perk, isn’t it?
A
WOMAN: Yes, we think so. And then because of the difficulties of getting public
transport, if you’re working after 11 o’clock we drive you home. Q6
TH
WOMAN: Well, for this particular job we want a clear voice, which you obviously Q7
LT
do have!
MAN: Thanks.
WOMAN: And you must be able to think quickly, you know. Q8
IE
N
WOMAN: Look forward to seeing you…
A
Vocabulary:
LO
- interfere with (verb): can thiệp vào
Meaning: to take part in the affairs of others
Meaning: Any of various benefits, as free life or health insurance, paid holidays, a
pension, etc.,received by an employee in addition to regular pay.
TH
1. Bhatt 6. bedsit
2. 31 March 7. theater/theatre
3. nursing 8. mature/older
4. 2 9. town
5. meat 10. shared
N
Transcript
Q3
A
MAN: Good morning. Can I help you?
WOMAN: Yes. I’ve just been accepted on a course at the university and I’d like to try
LO
and arrange accommodation in the hall of residence.
MAN: Yes, certainly. Please sit down. What I’ll do is fill in a form with you to find
out a little more about your preferences and so forth.
WOMAN: Thank you. H
MAN: So first of all, can I take your name?
WOMAN: It’s Anu Bhatt. Q1
N
MAN: Could you spell your name please?
A
MAN: Right, thank you. And how long would you want to stay in hall, do you think?
WOMAN: Well, it’ll take three years but I’d only like to stay in hall for two. I’d like to Q4
think about living outside for the third year.
Fine. And what did you have in mind for catering? Do you want to cook for
IE
MAN:
yourself or have all your meals provided, that’s full board?
WOMAN: Is there something in between?
MAN: Yes. You can just have evening meal provided, which is half board.
WOMAN: That’s what I’d prefer.
MAN: Yes a lot of students opt for that. Now, with that in mind, do you have any
special diet, anything we should know about?
N
WOMAN: Well, actually my grant is quite generous and I think the bedsit sounds the Q6
best option.
A
MAN: Lovely. I’ll put you down for that and we’ll see what availability is like. Now
LO
can I ask some other personal details which we like to have on record?
WOMAN: Yes, of course.
MAN: I wonder if you could let us know what your interests are. This might help us
get a closer match for placing you in a particular hall.
WOMAN: Ummm. Well, I love the theatre
MAN: Right.
H Q7
N
WOMAN: And I enjoy sports, particularly badminton.
MAN: That’s worth knowing. Now, what we finish with on the form is really a list
A
from you of what your priorities are in choosing a hall and we’ll do our best
to take these into account.
TH
WOMAN: Well, the first thing is I’d prefer a hall where there are other mature students Q8
if possible.
MAN: Yes, we do have halls which tend to cater for slightly older students.
WOMAN: Ummm and I’d prefer to be out of town Q9
S
MAN: That’s actually very good for you because we tend to have more vacancies in
LT
out-of-town halls.
WOMAN: Lucky!
MAN: Yes. Anything else?
IE
WOMAN: Well, I would like somewhere with a shared area. A TV room, for example, Q10
or something like that. It’s a good way to socialise.
MAN: It certainly is.
WOMAN: That’s it.
MAN: Now, we just need a contact telephone number for you.
WOMAN: Sure, I’ll just find it. It’s double 67549.
MAN: Great, so we’ll be in contact with you as soon as possible…
N
- priority (noun): sự ưu tiên
Meaning: something that you think is more important than other things and should
A
be dealt with first
LO
- vacancy (noun): chỗ trống
Meaning: a job that is available for somebody to do
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1. Ardleigh 4. tent
2. newspaper 5. castle
3. theme 6. beach/beaches
Transcript
N
A: Good morning. World Tours. My name is Jamie. How can I help you?
B: Good morning. I want some information on self-drive tours in the USA. Could
A
you send me a brochure?
A: Of course. Could I have your name please?
LO
B: Andrea Brown.
A: Thank you. And your address?
B: 24, Ardleigh Road. Q1
A: Can you spell that? H
B: A-R-D-L-E-I-G-H Road.
A: Postcode?
N
B: BH520P
A
A: Fine.
B: It's 07786643091.
A: Thank you. And can I ask you where you heard about World Tours? From a
friend? Or did you see an advert somewhere?
S
A: OK, I'll get the brochures in the post to you but can I give you some information
over the phone. What kinds of things do you want to do on your holiday?
B: I’m interested in going to California with my family. I’ve got two children and we
IE
N
Then you drive south to Cambria.
B: Someone told me there’s a really nice castle near Cambria. Will we go near that? Q5
A
A: Hearst Castle is on that road so you could stop there.
B: Good. I'd like to do that. Does this trip also go into the desert?
LO
A: No, it continues to Santa Monica where most people like to stop and do some
shopping.
B: We have enough of that at home so that doesn’t interest us.
A: Well you could go straight on to San Diego. H
B: That's good for beaches isn’t it? Q6
A: That’s right, that's a good place to relax and your children might like to visit the
N
zoo before flying home.
A
B: I don’t think so. We want some time for sunbathing and swimming.
TH
Vocabulary:
Meaning: a place where people on holiday/vacation can put up their tents, park
their caravan / camper, etc., often with toilets, water, etc.
LT
1. Hardie 6. lighting
2. 19 7. trains
3. GT82LC 8. safe
4. hairdresser 9. shower
5. dentist/dentist’s 10. training
N
Transcript
A
- Excuse me.
- Yes?
LO
- I wonder if you could spare a few minutes to do a survey on transport. It won't take
long.
- No, that’s fine.
- Lovely. The survey is on behalf of the local council. They’d like to know about what
H
transport you use and any suggestions for improvement. Can I start by asking you
N
how you travelled to town today?
- Sure. I came on the bus.
A
N
arrangements in the city for getting to and from work, er, any suggestions you have
for improvements.
A
- Well, something I’ve thought about for some time is that when I do walk and I’m
LO
doing a later shift, I think the lighting should be better. Q6
- Yes, good point.
- And of course, I think it’s a real shame they’ve been cutting down on the number
of footpaths. They should have more of those. Then people would walk more.
- Yes, right. H
- And, I don’t think there are enough trains. That’s why I don’t use them - you have Q7
N
to wait so long.
- Thanks. And finally I’d like to ask your opinion on cycling. As you may know,
A
- But we realise that there are things which the council, but also employers, might
do to help encourage workers to cycle to work.
- Yep. Well, I have thought about it and where I work there are no safe places to Q8
leave your bikes.
S
- OK.
LT
- And also, I’d have to cycle uphill and on a hot day I’d arrive at work pretty sweaty
so I think I’d need a shower somewhere at work. Q9
- Right.
IE
- And I suppose the last thing is that I wouldn’t be all that confident about cycling
on such busy roads. I think I'd like to see you offering training for that, you know, Q10
I’d feel a lot better about starting if that was the case.
- Well, that’s very helpful. Thank you very much for your time.
- No problem. Bye.
1. 4 6. lunch
2. 46 Wombat 7. glasses
3. Thursday 8. BALL
4. 8.30 9. aunt
5. red 10. month
N
Transcript
A
- Good morning. Welcome to the Early Learning Childcare Centre. How may I help
you?
LO
- Hi. I spoke to you last week about enrolling my daughter for next year.
- Oh, yes. I’ll just get some details from you. So, you're her mother?
- That’s right.
- And, can I have your name? H
- It’s Carol, Carol Smith.
N
- And your daughter’s name?
- It's Kate.
A
- Now, we have several groups at the centre and we cater for children from three to
five years old. How old is your daughter?
TH
N
different groups and they’re divided up according to age. There’s the green group,
which is for three to four-year-olds. And then there’s the red group which is for four-
A
to five-year-olds.
LO
- She’s quite mature for her age and she can already write her name and read a
little.
- Well, I’ll put her in the red group and we can always change her to the green one Q5
if there are any problems.
- That sounds fine. H
- Ok. Let's move on to meals. We can provide breakfast, lunch and dinner.
N
- As she’s finishing pretty early, she won't need dinner, will you give her breakfast
before she comes?
A
- That’d better be my sister... Jenny Ball. That’s B-A-double L. Her phone number is Q8
3346 7523.
- Great. So she is the child's aunt? Q9
- Yes, that’s right.
- I’ll make a note of that as well. Now, is there anything you’d like to ask? What
about payment? - How much are the fees each term?
N
- Good, it makes it a lot simpler for us as well. Well, that’s everything.
- Would you like me to show you around ...?
A
Vocabulary:
LO
- invoice (noun): hóa đơn
Meaning: an itemized bill for goods sold or services provided, containing individual
prices, thetotal charge, and the terms. H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1. Pargetter 4. morning/mornings
2. East 5. postbox
3. library 6. prices
Transcript
N
- Good morning. Is that Mr Thorndyke?
A
- Speaking. How can I help?
- I’ve got quite a few things which need painting and fixing in the flat and I wonder
LO
whether you'd be able to do the work.
- I’m sure I’d be able to help but let me take down a few details.
- Yes, of course.
- Well, firstly, how did you hear about us?
H
- It was my friend Mav Hamoton ... you did some excellent work for her a couple of
years ago. Do you remember?
N
- Oh, yes, that was in West Park Flats, lovely lady.
- Yes, she is.
A
Vocabulary:
N
- itemize (verb): ghi thành từng khoản
A
Meaning: to state by items; give the particulars of; list the individual units or parts
of
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
1. D
2. E
3. K
N
4. C
5. B
A
Transcript
LO
OK, now, we’ve got some students here from Bardwell College who have joined
us for today’s events. Hello to you all, and welcome.
H
Now, before our day begins, you’ll need to get a guest badge which you’ll have
to wear while you’re on the college premises. You can get these from the
N
administration office. To get there from the main hall, leave the hall by the door Q1
opposite reception, turn left, and just follow the corridor to the end. The
A
discount on Drinks and sandwiches. To get there from the main hall, walk along Q2
the corridor between the main hall and reception and turn right. The café is
through the first door on your left. Directly opposite the café, on the same Q3
corridor, is this student common room, where you can go to relax and perhaps
S
you put these in a locker. These are next to the sports hall, opposite the
administration office. You can get a key for a locker when you get your guest
badge from the administration office. And if you want to use our library, leave the Q5
IE
main hall by the door opposite the one you came in – that’s the door by the
bicycle parking area – and walk to the end of the corridor. The library is through
the door straight ahead of you.
N
school or other institution
A
- valuable (noun): vật có giá trị
Meaning: things that are worth a lot of money, especially small personal things such
LO
as jewellery, cameras, etc.
Meaning: a long narrow passage in a building, with doors that open into rooms on
either side
TH
S
LT
IE
6. C 8. H
7. B 9. E
10. A
Transcript
N
Debbie: Now, as you're all new, I'm just going to show you a map of the hospital
A
and point out a few key places. Let's start with the recreation centre. At the Q6
moment, we're in the main building, that's here and if you go out of the main
LO
entrance and just along the main road to the east you'll find the staff recreation
centre. It's this T-shaped building and there's a range of things that you can do
here to help you relax. If you get ill, we do have a health centre for all registered Q7
employees. And this is directly behind the main hospital building. So, if you go out
H
of the back exit, it's just in front of you. And there's a small pharmacy next to it
I'm based here and I have a few leaflets on things if you want to come and see me.
N
Many of you will be doing shift work, so you might like to go to the 24-hour
swimming pool and sauna. They're very close by, and it doesn't cost much money
A
to get in. If you walk out of the front of the main building, there's a road straight Q8
ahead of you, go down that and turn left into Tye Road - you'll see the pool
TH
entrance at the end of that road, just beyond the line of trees. We've talked about
eating healthily, and there's a very useful store nearby that sells a large range of Q9
organic products and health-food supplements. This is also in front of the main
building, but this time you need to go beyond the turning for Tye Road and you'll
S
see it on the right-hand corner, directly opposite another building. Finally, if you
LT
want a healthy meal and you have very little time to get it, of course there's always
the canteen inside the main building. But I would recommend a place called
Jenny's Restaurant. Leave the front of the main building and head for the Q10
IE
roundabout. When you're there, take the second turning on the left . . it's just
along that road before the trees. You can get a number of excellent dishes here at
a reasonable price. Well. I think that's all that's….
N
- pharmacy (noun): dược
Meaning: a shop/store, or part of one, that sells medicines and drugs
A
- leaflet (noun): tờ rơi quảng cáo
LO
Meaning: a printed sheet of paper or a few printed pages that are given free to
advertise or give information about something
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
15. G 18. E
16. I 19. C
17. B 20. A
Transcript
N
OK, group B, your turn. Does everyone have a copy of the plan? Great. OK, we’ll all
be meeting in the car park – that’s on the bottom of the plan, see? Now, if you’ve been Q15
A
assigned to the vegetable beds, to get there, you go out of the car park and go up the
footpath until you reach the circle of trees – there they are – in the middle of the plan,
LO
and you see that the footpath goes all the way around them. Well, on the left-hand side
of that circular footpath, there’s a short track which takes you directly to the
vegetable beds. You can see a bamboo fence marked just above them. All right? OK,
if you’re helping out with the bee hives, pay attention. Look again at the circle of trees
H
in the middle of the pan, and the footpath that goes around them. On the right side of
that circle – you can see that the footpath goes off in an easterly direction – heading
Q16
N
towards the right – hand side of the plan. And then, the path splits into two and you
can either go up and down. You want the path that heads down and at the end of this,
A
you see two areas divided by a bamboo fence – and as we’re looking at the plan, the
bee hives are on the right of the fence – the smaller section, I mean. Now don’t worry
TH
– all the bees have been removed! You just need to transport the hives back to the car
park. OK, for the seating, look at the circular footpath, at the top of it, there’s a path Q17
that goes from there and takes you up to the seating area, alongside the bicycle track
S
and with a good view of the island, I suppose. OK, if you’re volunteering for the
adventure playground area, let’s start from the car park again and go up the Q18
LT
footpath, but then you want the first left turn. Go up there and then you see there’s a
short path that goes off to the right – go down there and that’s the adventure
playground area. – above the bamboo fence. That fence does need repairing. I’m
IE
afraid. Right, what else? Oh yes, the sand area. We’ve got that circular footpath in Q19
the middle – find the track that goes east, towards the right-hand side of the plan, and
where that track divides, you need the little path that goes up towards the bicycle
track. The sand area is just above the bamboo fence there. And finally, the pond area.
So it’s on the left-hand side of your plan – towards the top – just above the fruit Q20
bushes and to the left of the little path. OK, as I said already, hopefully we’ll…
N
been made by people walking there
A
- fence (noun): bờ rào
Meaning: a structure made of wood or wire supported with posts that is put between
LO
two areas of land as a boundary, or around a garden/yard, field, etc. to keep animals
in, or to keep people and animals out
Meaning: a plant that grows thickly with several hard stems coming up from the
root
LT
IE
11. G 13. A
12. D 14. E
15. C
Transcript
N
Welcome to everyone here. I hope you enjoy your stay in our village and enjoy
A
the local scenery. I’ll tell you a bit about the forest and mountain tracks in a
minute, but first, I’ll just give you an idea of where everything is in the village.
LO
So we’re here in the tourist information centre, and when you come out of the
centre, you’re on Willow Lane, just opposite the pond. If you want to get to the Q11
supermarket for you supplies of food and water, go right, that’s the quickest
way, and then turn right at the top of Willow Lane, and it’s the second building
H
you come to, opposite the old railway station. If you’re planning on doing some
N
serious climbing and you need some equipment, we do have an excellent
climbing and you need some equipment, we do have an excellent climbing
A
supplies store just five minute’s walk away. Turn left once you’re outside the Q12
tourist information centre, take Willow Lane all the way up to Pine Street - you
TH
want to to left along here - then keep walking and go past Mountain Road on
your right, until you come to the next turning on the left - head down there, and
you’ll come to the climbing supplies store. If you get to the small building that
sells ski passes, you’ll know you’ve gone too far. You also need to head to Pine Q13
S
Street for the museum - it’s small but well worth a visit if you’re interested in
LT
the history of the village and the old gold mining industry. So, when you reach
Pine Street from here, you’ll see the Town Hall, go down the little road that you Q14
come to just before it, and you’ll find the bike hire shop just behind the hall.
IE
They have a good range of bikes so I’m sure you’ll find something that suits
your need. Last but not least, if you’re hungry after a long day’s trek I can
recommend our local cafe. Again, when you leave the tourist information Q15
centre, turn right and follow Willow Lane until it joins Pine Street - and right
opposite - on the far side of the railway tracks - is the cafe.
N
- mining (noun): sự đào mỏ
A
Meaning: the process of getting coal and other minerals from under the ground; the
industry involved in this
LO
- trek (noun): đi bộ (đặc biệt trên núi)
Meaning: a long, hard walk lasting several days or weeks, especially in the
mountains H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
17. E
18. C
19. F
20. A
N
Transcript
A
Now let me just tell you a bit about what you can see in the Sculpture Park. If
LO
you look at your map, you’ll see the Visitor Centre, where we are now, at the
bottom, just by the entrance. Since we only have an hour, you might not be able
to get right around the park, but you can choose to visit some of the highlights.
You might like to take a look at the Joe Tremain sculptures which are displayed Q17
H
on this side of the Upper Lake, just behind the Education Centre and near the
bridge. They’re really impressive, but please remember not to let your children
N
climb on them.
One of our most popular exhibitions is the Giorgio Catalucci bird sculptures - Q18
A
they’re just across the bridge on the north side of Lower Lake. I love the way
they’re scattered around in the long grass beside the lake, looking as if they’re
TH
We also have the Long House - that’s quite a walk. From here you go to the Q20
bridge and then turn left on the other side. Soon you’ll see a winding pathway
going up towards the northern boundary of the park - go up there and you’ll
IE
find it at the top. They have some abstract metal sculptures that are well worth
seeing if you have time.
OK well now if you’re...
N
- highlight (noun): điểm nhấn
A
Meaning: the best, most interesting or most exciting part of something
LO
- display (verb): trưng bày
Meaning: to put something in a place where people can see it easily; to show
something to people
Meaning: spread far apart over a wide area or over a long period of time
Meaning: a real or imagined line that marks the limits or edges of something and
separates it from other things or places; a dividing line
IE
11. C
12. B
13. A
14. H
15. G
N
Transcript
A
Hello. As some of you know, I’m Elaine Marriott, the head of the college’s Learning
LO
Resource Centre. We’ve invited all of you taking evening classes and leisure activities
to come and see the changes we’ve made to the Centre in the last month.
One major change we’ve made here on the ground floor is to the layout – as you can
see from looking around you. I’m sure you’ll recognize the desk – that’s still in the
H
same places, as it has to be just inside the door. But you’ll see that there are now
periodicals on the shelves in the corner behind the desk. We’ve brought them nearer
N
the entrance because so many people like to come in just to read magazines. We now
stock a far wider range of periodicals than we used to, so we’ve decided to separate
A
them from newspapers. This means the newspapers are now just the other side of the Q11
stairs, near the study area.
TH
Now, another thing is that we’ve brought the computers downstairs – people used to Q12
complain about having to go upstairs to use them. So they’re now at the far side of the
building on the right, in the corner overlooking the car park. We’ve now got an extra Q13
photocopier, so as well as the one upstairs, there’s one down here. You can see it
S
The biggest change, though, and one I’m sure many of you will welcome, is that we Q14
now have a café at last – we’ve been asking for one for years. If you turn right as soon
as you get past the desk, you’ll see the door ahead of you. It became possible to have
IE
a café because the building has been extended, and we’ve now got a new office and
storeroom area. What else should I tell you about before we walk round? Oh yes,
we’ve had so many requests for books on sport that we’ve bought a lot more, and Q15
they’re all together immediately to the right of the entrance.
N
is concerned with an academic subject
A
- stock (verb): lưu trữ
Meaning: to supply
LO
- downstairs (adj): xuống tầng
Meaning: that is on a floor of a house or building lower than the one you are on,
especially the one at ground level H
- immediately (adv): ngay
N
Meaning: without delay
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1. Cabins
2. Tents
3. Cooking area
Transcript
N
Camp manager: The Health and Action Summer Camp in the country of Cork in
A
southern Ireland is ideal for young people who would like to learn new sports and
LO
activities. It has a beautiful location near a river and occupies five acres.
The camp has two types of accommodation: tents and cabins, both of which are
modern and comfortable. The cabins are by the river and the tents are on higher Q1
ground, away from the river and next to the wash rooms. There are two Q2
washroom blocks, fully equipped with showers as well as toilets.
H
We also have facilities for cooking here. We provide all the pots, pans and
utensils. All cooking is done in the cooking area, which is situated in the centre of Q3
N
the camp. This gives the camp a real social focal point.
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
- tent (noun): lều
A
Meaning: a shelter made of a large sheet of canvas, nylon, etc. that is supported by
poles and ropes fixed to the ground, and is used especially for camping
LO
- washroom (noun): phòng tắm / phòng vệ sinh
Meaning: a toilet/bathroom, especially one that is in a public building
Meaning: a container, usually made of metal, with a handle or handles, used for
TH
cooking food in
5. dance studios
6. changing rooms
7. tennis courts
Transcript
N
Now some of you won’t have been to Park Hill Leisure Centre before, so let me
A
just tell you a little about the layout. As you can see, the reception area here is
very spacious, and there is plenty of room to meet your friends and have a
LO
drink. We also have brand-new dance studios with floor-to-ceiling mirrors and
the latest audio equipment. The dance studios are to the left of the reception Q5
area, behind the swimming pool. No….sorry… I meant opposite the swimming
pool. Both the roller skating and skateboarding classes will be held in the Skate
H
Arena. This has also been refurbished and we have a new five-metre ramp in
N
there which is proving to be popular. The arena is behind the changing rooms, Q6
which you can see behind us, between the gym and tennis courts. The tennis Q7
A
courts are on the right of the arena. You’ll see both of these new spaces on the
tour later.
TH
S
LT
IE
N
- refurbish (verb): làm mới
Meaning: to clean and decorate a room, building, etc. in order to make it more
A
attractive, more useful, etc
LO
- ramp (noun): dốc
Meaning: a slope that joins two parts of a road, path, building, etc. when one is
higher than the other
Meaning: a place with a flat open area in the middle and seats around it where
TH
Transcript
N
A
Well, here we are at the top of The Tower, and we’re going to look at the view
from each direction. Out to the east, the large buildings about a kilometre away
LO
are on the Olympic site. There’s an indoor arena for gymnastics, a stadium for
track and field and a swimming pool for races and synchronised swimming and
also diving. If you look carefully down there, you can see the train lines. The
Olympic site has its own station to encourage the use of public transport. There Q15
H
is also a car park, but it only holds a limited number of cars.
The formal park has some specially-created water features. If you look out here
N
to the south, you can see a circular ornamental pond.
And around to the west, you can relax and sit on a bench to smell the flowers in Q16
A
the rose garden, and finally up to the north, if you look in front of you now,
there’s a lake with a small island in the centre, you can hire rowing boats at the
TH
boat shed, which you can’t see from here, but if you look through the trees, you Q17
can see the cafe, which has lovely views across the water. OK, let’s climb down
now. We will go down and have a look at the nature reserve section of the park,
which has opened up natural wetland to the public.
S
LT
IE
N
- rowing (adj): chèo thuyền
A
Meaning: the sport or activity of travelling in a boat using oars
LO
- reserve (verb) dự trữ
Meaning: to keep something for somebody/something, so that it cannot be used by
any other person or for any other reason
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
12. Forest
13. Fish Farms
14. Market Garden
Transcript
Let’s start by seeing what there is to do. As you can see here on our giant wall plan,
N
we are now situated in the Reception block .. here. As you walk out of the main door
A
into the park there is a path you can follow. If you follow this route you will
immediately come into the Rare Breeds section, where we keep a wide variety of
LO
animals which I shall be telling you a little more about later. Next to this.., moving
east.., is the large grazing area for the rare breeds. Then further east.., in the largest Q12
section of our Park is the Forest Area. South of the grazing area and in fact just next
to the Reception block is our Experimental Crop Area. In the middle of the Park…
H
this circular area is our lake These two small rectangular shapes here.., are the Fish
Farms where we rear fish for sale. To the east of those is the marsh area which
Q13
N
attracts a great many migrant birds. In the south-eastern corner, beyond the marsh, Q14
is our Market Garden area, growing vegetables and flowers.
A
TH
Vocabulary:
Meaning: shaped like a rectangle (= a flat shape with four straight sides, two of
which are longer than the other two, and four angles of 90°)
IE
- migrant (noun): di cư
Meaning: a person who moves from one place to another, especially in order to find
work
14. C 18. F
15. D 19. A
16. G 20. E
17. B
N
Transcript
A
Now, we’ve also put together a map which we’ve sent out to all the residents in the
area. And on the map we’ve marked the proposed changes. Firstly, we’ll plant Q14
LO
mature pine trees to provide shelter and shade just to the right of the
supermarket in Days Road. In order to address the traffic problems, the Q15
pavements on the corner of Carberry and Thomas Street be widened. This will
help to reduce the speed of vehicles entering Tombs Street. We think it’s very
H
important to separate the local residential streets form the main road. So the Q16
roadway at the entry of Thomas Street from Days Road will be painted red. This
N
should mark it more clearly and act as a signal for traffic to slow down. One way
of making sure that the pedestrians are safe is to increase signage at the
A
Q17
intersections. A ‘keep clear’ sign will be erected at the junction of Evelyn Street
and Hill Street, to enable traffic to exit at all times. Something we’re planning to
TH
do to help control the flow of traffic in the area is to install traffic lights half way Q18
down Hill Street where it crosses Days Road. Now, we haven’t only thought about
the cars and traffic, of course, there’s also something for the children. We’re
going to get school children in the area to research a local story, the life of a local
S
sports hero perhaps, and an artist will incorporate that story into paintings on Q19
LT
the wall of a building on the other side of Hill Street from the supermarket. And
finally, we’ve agreed to build a new children’s playground which will be at the Q20
other end of Hill Street close to the intersection with Carberry Street.
IE
N
- address (verb): giải quyết
Meaning: (formal) to think about a problem or a situation and decide how you are
A
going to deal with it
LO
- pavement (noun): vỉa hè
Meaning: a flat part at the side of a road for people to walk on
17. A
18. I
19. F
20. E
N
Transcript
A
And finally I’d like to tell you about our new wildlife area, Hinchingbrooke
LO
Park, which will be opened to the public next month. This slide doesn’t really
indicate how big it is, but anyway, you can see the two gates into the park, and
the main paths. As you can see, there’s a lake in the north west of the park, with Q17
a bird hide to the west of it, at the end of a path. So it’ll be a nice quiet place for
H
watching the birds on the lake. Fairly close to where refreshments are
available, there’s a dog-walking area in the southern part of the park, leading
Q18
N
off from the path. And if you just want to sit and relax, you can go to the flower Q19
garden; that’s the circular area on the map surrounded by paths. And finally,
A
there’s a wooded area in the western section of the park, between two paths. Q20
Okay, that’s enough from me, so let’s go on to…
TH
Vocabulary:
S
LT
Exercise 1:
1. dance, kickboxing
2. too hard
3. (a) conference
N
Transcript
A
LO
Debbie: Hi, Penny. How are you doing? Have you just been to the gym?
Penny: Hi, Debbie. I’m good, thanks. Yes, I’ve just finished a workout.
How are you?
Debbie: Yes, good. I’m planning on going to the gym later but it’s hard
Penny:
H
finding the time now I’ve got a child!
I bet it is! Have you tried any of their new exercise classes?
N
Debbie: Yes, I tried some last well. I wanted to go yoga, but it was full up. I
went to the dance class instead. It was really fun. Oh! Ah Q1
A
Friday.
Debbie: Oh, lucky you!
IE
- kickboxing (noun): môn võ kết hợp quyền Anh và ca-ra-tê quyền cước
Meaning: a form of boxing in which the people fighting each other can kick as well
as punch (= hit with their hands)
N
- exhaust (verb): kiệt sức
A
Meaning: to make somebody feel very tired
LO
- conference (noun): Hội nghị
Meaning: a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people
with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
8. Saturdays, Sundays
9. television (advert)
10. optimum fitness
Transcript
N
Brad: Great. Well, I am glad I can use the pool. It will be good to vary my
A
exercise.
Receptionist: Definitely. When do you think you’ll be coming?
LO
Brad: Most likely in the evenings. I’d like to come on Saturdays, but I Q8
often work then, so I think I’ll have to miss that day and then come
on Sundays.
Receptionist: Oh, so you’ll be a regular visitor? That’s great news! Can I ask
H
why you chose Smith’s Gym?
Brad: Well, actually the television advert prompted me to join. It Q9
N
makes exercising look so much fun! I always thought going to the
gym would be monotonous.
A
Q10
I’m a bit unhealthy, so I’d like to change that.
Receptionist: Well, give it some time and I’m sure you will. Now, shall we go
back and complete the payment details?
S
LT
IE
N
- monotonous (adjective): đều đều, đơn điệu; buồn tẻ
Meaning: never changing and therefore boring
A
- optimum (adjective): điều kiện tốt nhất, điều kiện thuận lợi nhất
LO
Meaning: the best possible; producing the best possible results
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
7. seafood
8. tennis
9. train
10. (this) afternoon
Transcript
N
OFFICER: All right, now what about you? Are you a vegetarian or do you have any
A
special food requirements?
No, I am not a vegetarian… but I don’t eat a lot of meat… I really like Q7
LO
STUDENT:
seafood.
OFFICER: And what are your hobbies?
STUDENT: I like reading and going to the movies.
OFFICER:
STUDENT:
Do you play any sports? H
Yes, I joined the handball team, but I didn’t like that...so I stopped
N
playing. Now I play tennis on the weekend with my friends… Q8
OFFICER: All right, let’s see, name, age, now the location. Are you familiar with
A
the city a few times on the bus, but they are always late
OFFICER: What about the trains?
STUDENT: I like catching the train ...they are much faster… Q9
OFFICER: Now, let me go check on the computer and see who I’ve got… Listen,
S
leave it with me… I’ll check my records and I’ll give you details this Q10
LT
afternoon.
STUDENT: Thank you for helping me…
OFFICER: It’s a pleasure. Bye.
IE
STUDENT: Bye.
N
- campus (noun): khu đại học
A
Meaning: the buildings of a university or college and the land around them
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
B: Well, every few days, I go jogging Q6
A: Yes - That’s good. How long do you go for?
A
B: Well, it vary. I guess it depends on how energetic I feeling.
LO
A: Yes, of course. Every little bit helps. Umm… do you have any injuries at the
moment?
B: Well, I did break a bone in my foot playing football a long time ago but that’s
all healed up now. But in the last few days, I’ve realised I have a bad ankle. I think I Q7
A:
H
must have injured it last week and it’s a bit sore now. Bit apart from that I’m fine.
Right - I guess you might need to rest it for a few day to let it recover.
N
B: Yes I will
A: So - Let me just ask you what you want to achieve by joining the club. Do you
A
A: Oh that’s fine. I’ll write that down. OK - nearly done. One last question - can
I ask how you heard about the club? Did you see it advertised or did you go to our
website for example?
B: Well I’ve been looking for a health club for a while and O asked my friends for
suggestions but they weren’t much help. And then I was listening to the radio and your Q10
club was mentioned, so I thought - I’ll go along and see what it’s like.
A: Great - Well, we look forward to having you as a member.
- jog (verb): đi bộ
Meaning: to run slowly and steadily for a long time, especially for exercise
N
- injury (noun): Sự làm hại, sự làm tổn hại, sự làm hỏng
Meaning: harm done to a person’s or an animal’s body, for example in an accident
A
- heal (verb): chữa khỏi
LO
Meaning: to become healthy again; to make something healthy again
Transcript
N
OK - so hi everybody and welcome to the Sea Life Center. Before you start on your tour I’d
A
just like to give you some information about things to look out for as you go. Well first of all,
I guess some of you may have been here before and may be surprised to see the name has
LO
changed. We are not called World of Water (Q11) any more - since the beginning of this
summer we’ve been rename and we’ve also made a few other changes. However, the main
attractions like the aquarium, the crocodiles, the penguins and so on are still here. But we
have a new restaurant and picnic area and the latest thing that we have - and it was only
H
finished last week - is the splash ride (Q12). This is an exciting new area of the centre and is
pretty scary and of course you do get a bit wet so make sure you’re not wearing your best
N
clothes!
A
As I said, the main attractions are still here and the most popular thing that everyone want to
see is feeding time, especially for the crocodiles and the seals. We used to have the main
TH
feeding time in the afternoon at around 3 pm but we found that some of the animals got a bit
hungry waiting until then and so we now have it at noon (Q13). They seem much happier with
the new time - although it’s a bit difficult to know what they’re thinking!
S
Now - I’d like to mention something new that we’ve introduced this year that we’re very
LT
excited about. It’s called a VIP ticket. The VIP ticket costs an extra £2 per person and you will
be amazed at what it allows you to do. With this you’ll be allowed to feed the sharks (Q14).
Now I know that for some people this might be quite a frightening thing to do, but it is
IE
perfectly sale. For those of you who are a bit unsure, we do have a video you can watch to see
what happens. It’s a great experience and your friends will be very impressed!
Speaking of friends, I’d just like to remind you that the Sea Life Center will be more than
happy to organise a birthday party (Q15) for you and your family and friends. If you need
more details you can speak to me afterwards and there are also forms at the entrance that you
can fill in.
Right - Well there’s obviously a lot going on at the Center, and a lot of things to discover. At
N
all the attractions there is helpful information so please read as much as you can and if you
want to see what you’ve remembered, please do the quiz (Q17) after your visit. There are no
A
prizes of course,but I’m sure you’ll be surprised by how much you’ve learnt.
LO
Vocabulary:
11. midday
12. shopping district
13. Military Museum
Transcript
N
A
Track 35
Tour guide: Welcome to San Fernando City Tours, I’m Mark, your tour guide.
LO
We have a lot to see in three hours, so make sure you’re comfortable! We’ll be
travelling into the historical district first, and then into the town center. After
that, it’s out to the harbour, and we’ll finish up at the lighthouse, just past the
harbour. That will take us up to midday, and after that, you’re free to do what Q11
H
you want. At the lighthouse you’ll have a chance to visit the tea room and
take photographs of the magnificent coastline. Now, as we have only three Q12
N
hours, we won’t be able to take you round the shopping district, but we think
you’d prefer to look around the shops there in your own time, anyway.
A
TH
San Fernando has some well-known tourist attractions - the lighthouse for
example, and the National Library. However, the little-known Military Museum Q13
is not to be missed. Be sure to visit before you leave!
S
LT
IE
N
ships near the coast
A
- magnificent (adjective): hoa lệ; tráng lệ; nguy nga; lộng lẫy
Meaning: extremely attractive and impressive; deserving praise
LO
- coastline (noun): bờ biển; hình dáng bờ biển
Meaning: the land along a coast, especially when you are thinking of its shape or
appearance H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
35. individuals
36. globalisation
37. (over seventy) laboratories
Transcript
N
In the eleventh century, the Chinese invented the first mechanical clocks. Q35
A
They were large and expensive, and certainly not intended for individuals.
LO
However, this is the type of clock we are familiar with today. There have been
many developments in clocks and watches since then, and they have been greatly
improved, but if you clock or watch makes a ticking sound, then it could well be
based on the mechanical movements the Chinese developed a thousand years
ago!
H
N
However, timekeeping has moved on from the mechanical clock. Time has
become so important that there is a series of atomic clocks around the world
A
which measure International Atomic Time. Even though many countries have Q36
their own calendars, globalisation has made it essential that we measure
TH
time uniformly, so that we know, for example, that when it’s 6 am in the United
Kingdom, it’s 2 pm in Beijing. This standard was set in 1958. Now these atomic Q37
clocks are situated in over seventy laboratories all over the world.
S
LT
IE
N
- timekeeping (noun): sự bấm giờ, sự định thời gian, sự chấm công
Meaning: a person’s ability to arrive in time for things, especially work
A
- atomic (adjective): (thuộc) nguyên tử
LO
Meaning: connected with atoms or an atom
Meaning: a room or building used for scientific research, experiments, testing, etc.
TH
S
LT
IE
37. ships
38. horses
39. industry
40. tourism
Transcript
N
Well, as I said before, you can find rock art all over the word, but I’d like to focus now
A
on the rock art of the Aboriginal people of Australia. The images that survive in this
part of the world span at least 20,000 years. In fact, the Aborigines were still
LO
practising this art form in the late 18 century, when the Europeans began to arrive,
and certain images point to the contact between them. For example, the Aborigines
began to draw ships which they would have seen along the coast - it’s hard for us to Q37
H
imagine what they must have thought when these first began to appear. Another
image that is evidence of European arrival is that of horses, an animal that would Q38
N
have been very alien to the Australian landscape. Um, it isn’t actually known how
many sites there are across Australia where rock art can be found - but unfortunately
A
we do know that much of the art is being lost to us. Erosion, of course, is one of the
key reasons for its destruction, but human activity is also increasingly responsible.
TH
Since the 1960s, industry alone has destroyed around an estimated 10,000 pieces of Q39
art. At this rate, in 50 years, half of all Australian rock art could have disappeared for
good. Vandalism is sadly another factor. And although most people, I believe, would
wish to preserve this art , I’m afraid that tourism is another reason why the art is Q40
S
- survive (verb): to continue to live or exist - tiếp tục sống, tiếp tục tồn tại; sống sót;
còn lại
Meaning: to continue to live or exist
- span (noun): khoảng thời gian qua đó cái gì kéo dài hoặc mở rộng từ lúc bắt đầu
đến lúc kết thúc
N
Meaning: the length of time that something lasts or is able to continue
A
- coast (noun): bờ biển
Meaning: the land beside or near to the sea or ocean
LO
- evidence (noun): chứng, chứng cớ, bằng chứng
Meaning: the facts, signs or objects that make you believe that something is true
- damage (verb): làm hư hại, làm hỏng, gây thiệt hại, gây tổn hại
TH
N
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
Melanie: Good. And there are a few areas where we need a lot more information.
I think I’ll start with something easy - let’s say the paper collection. I
A
could go to the resource centre to do some research.
Alan: Well I think a better idea would be to approach someone who’s involved
LO
in the process. What about contacting the council? Q27
Melanie: Oh - good idea. Yes - I’ll do that instead. They’re bound to have some
information. And I know just the thing to add to our work to make it even
more interesting. H
Alan: And what’s that?
Well - in my last assignment. I added a few pictures and the feedback
N
Melanie:
I got was that this wasn’t ‘academic’ enough. So what might really
A
bring it to life would be to include some data - provided we can find Q28
some.
TH
Alan: Yes - that sounds excellent. Well - we certainly have a lot to do and not
much time to do it in.
Melanie: You’re right. I think we have about five weeks so I suggest we create a
plan of work to day. The end of the month is nearly three weeks away
S
Alan: Yes - so let’s see if we can get the first draft done by then so we can take Q29
a short break.
Melanie: OK - then after the break we’ll have just over a week to complete it. I
wonder if we could get someone to review our work for us a few days
IE
before the deadline so we can make some final changes. What about
your friend Henry?
Alan: Well - the best person would be our tutor. Henry’s very good but he’s Q30
taking a whole week’s holiday and there won’t be enough time when he
returns.
Melanie: OK, then. That’s fine.
N
- council (noun):Hội đồng
A
Meaning: a group of people who are elected to govern an area such as a city or
county
LO
- assignment (noun): Sự giao việc, sự phân công
Meaning: a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do, usually as part of
their job or studies H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1. 5% - five percent
2. the 1980s/ last few decades
3. student debt
4. first-time buyers
Transcript
Lecturer: As we have seen, changes in the structure of the family are constantly occurring:
N
extended to nuclear, patrifocal to a more equal footing between the sexes, and dual parenting
to single parenting. However, a recent phenomenon in the UK which is changing the
A
traditional family is the increasing number of adults who continue to live with their parents
LO
until their thirties or sometimes even their forties. The UL has traditionally been a society
where offspring leave the family home in their late teens or early twenties to set up their
own home and families. But in the last twenty-five years this has decreased. Official statistics
released by the Office of National Statistics show that today ten percent of men in their early
H
thirties still live with their parents; this compares with five percent of women in this age
range. (Q1)
N
The reasons for this are complex and varied. IT cannot be denied that some people are
A
choosing to stay at home. Living with parents can be an easy option; food is provided, heating
and electricity are paid for, and rent, if any, is minimal. However, a third of those surveyed
TH
claimed they are living with their parents because it is too difficult to get on the property
ladder. House prices in the last few decades have risen dramatically; (Q2) property is now
five times the average annual salary, whereas it was only three times the average annual
wage in the 1980s. This fact, coupled with high unemployment amongst young people, makes
S
The number of students going on to higher education has also been steadily increasing. Many
of these students return home after finishing their studies as a result of the student debt they
IE
have accumulated. (Q3) It can take many years to pay this off, and if the burden of rent
or a mortgage is added to that, it can be just too much for a young adult’s pocket.
However, help is now at hand. The government is tackling some of the problems that cause
people to remain with their parents with a new scheme, the Affordable Housing Scheme. This
aims to help people part buy a house or flat by making housing more affordable for first-time
buyers, (Q4) and possibly taking the stain away from elderly parents!
N
- offspring (noun): con, con cái, con cháu, con đẻ
A
Meaning: a child of a particular person or couple
LO
- minimal (adjective): rất nhỏ; tối thiểu
Meaning: very small in size or amount; as small as possible
- debt (noun): nợ H
Meaning: a sum of money that somebody owes
N
- accumulated (verb): chất đống, chồng chất, tích luỹ, gom góp lại
A
Meaning: to gradually get more and more of something over a period of time
TH
5. one in four
6. women
7. married
8. rented accommodation
N
Transcript
A
Lone-parent is a relatively recent family structure which has rapidly grown
LO
in the last half century. In 1972 only one in fourteen children lived in a Q5
lone-parent family: When we compare this with today’s figure of one in four, we
can see that this is a rapid increase. In the past, lone-parenthood was
overwhelmingly the result of a death of a parent. Nowadays however, it is Q6
H
increasingly a choice. Some sociologists argue that this increase is due to the
outlook of women. Where women once were willing to accept an unhappy or
N
abusive marriage, now many will choose lone-parenthood. Often this can
be just a transitory phase before they find a new partner. This view of
A
women’s attitudes and lone parenting is highly debated, because some figures Q7
show that the largest group of lone parents are mothers who have never
TH
married. You can find counter arguments for these ideas in Butler and Jones.
One difficulty for singer parents is that they are a social group who are much
more likely to suffer from poverty and hardship. They are more likely to Q8
S
N
- marriage (noun): kết hôn
Meaning: the legal relationship between a husband and wife
A
- transitory (adjective): Ngắn ngủi; phù du; bóng chớp
LO
Meaning: continuing for only a short time
Meaning: a situation that is difficult and unpleasant because you do not have
enough money, food, clothes, etc.
S
LT
IE
N
Tutor: Good morning, Phil, Jackie. I hope your project is going well
Phil: Morning, Mr Jackson.
A
Jackie: Hi Mr Jackson. Well, we’ve made a start on analysing the different
forms of renewable energy, but unfortunately we don’t really agree on
LO
some points.
Tutor: OK, why don’t we talk about it?
Phil: Well, Jackie believes that all forms of renewable energy are
beneficial economically, whereas I doubt that that’s true for all of them.
H
Tutor: Such as?
Phil: Such as wind, wave and solar energy because they’re less reliable. Q1
N
Tutor: That’s a valid point but I don’t think that’s a large enough factor to
disregard it completely.
A
Jackie: I agree with you to a point , but it’s likely that the cost will come down.
I read a report in the Journal of Environmental Science that estimates
LT
the cost would fall by twenty percent over the next ten years, which is
significant, isn’t it?
Tutor: Absolutely, Jackie. But you need to think about how difficult it is to
IE
N
tides, or waves
A
- solar energy: năng lượng Mặt Trời
Meaning: energy obtained from solar power
LO
- evaluate (verb): đánh giá
Meaning: to form an opinion of the amount, value or quality of something after
thinking about it carefully H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
26. groups
27. every second day
28. 2/ two weeks
29. confident
30. education system
PAUL: And how was your timetable? Was it a very busy year?
N
KIRA: Very, very busy. They make you work very hard. Apart from lectures, we had practical
A
sessions in a lot of subjects. We did these in small groups (Q26). I had to go and work four
hours every week in a community pharmacy. Actually, I enjoyed this very much - meeting
LO
new people all the time. Then in second semester, we had to get experience in hospital
dispensaries, so every second day (Q27) we went to one of the big hospitals and worked
there. And on top of all that we had our assignments, which took me a lot of time. Oh, I nearly
forgot, between first and second semesters, we had to work full-time for two weeks (Q28) in
H
a hospital.
N
PAUL: That does sound a very heavy year. So are you pleased now that you did it? Do you
feel some sense of achievement?
A
KIRA: Yeah, I do feel much more confident (Q29), which I suppose is the most important
TH
thing.
PAUL: And have you got any recommendations for people who are studying from overseas?
S
KIRA: Well, I suppose they need very good English. It would be much better if they spent
LT
more time learning English before they enter the university, because you can be in big
trouble if you don’t understand what people are saying and you haven’t got time to translate.
IE
KIRA: Well, as I said before, the biggest problem for me was a lack of familiarity with the
education system (Q30) here.
Exercise 1:
N
Transcript
A
Tutor: All right, let’s go back to the section in your essay on cloud seeding. Apart
LO
from your silver nitrate/ silver iodide mistake, you’ve missed a few bits out.
Student: Have I?
T: I’m afraid so. What I’d like you to do is talk me through the process of cloud
seeding, what it involves and so on, and I’ll stop you if you’ve forgotten something.
H
OK?
S: Fine. Well, first of all silver nitro, er, iodide is fired into the cloud from the
N
ground using a rocket.
T: Good and you could mention that sometimes it’s dropped from above by Q6
A
aircraft.
S: Right, and this is the first stage, the primary stage, which is called static seeding.
TH
The silver iodide causes a chemical reaction with the tiny water drops in the Q7
cloud, and they freeze.
T: OK, so you’ve got millions of tiny ice particles because the water droplets in the Q8
cloud freeze. What happens next?
S
S: Next, er, there’s a process called riming: R-I-M-I-N-G. That’s when the ice
LT
particles, well, they join up to form bigger pieces of ice, and when they’re heavy
enough, they fall from the sky.
T: Good, and then?
IE
S: Well, as they fall, they turn to rain or snow. And, er, well, that’s it, isn’t it?
T: Well, usually, yes, but you’re mentioned that there’s a first stage, a primary stage
so surely you should have mentioned…?
S: Oh, the secondary stage.
T: Which is known as?
S: Dynamic seeding, of course, how could I have left that bit out? Let me think. OK,
so the water droplets turn to ice, and er,...
N
S: They, er, produce storms. No, hang on, that’s not right. They last longer, that’s it. Q10
T: Right. They last longer, which means they can be seeded again to produce even
A
more rain.
LO
Vocabulary:
Meaning: the act of letting a gas, chemical, etc. come out of the container where it
has been safely held
- moisture (noun): Hơi ẩm; nước ẩm đọng lại; nước ẩm rịn ra
Meaning: very small drops of water that are present in the air, on a surface or in a
substance
6. pyramid 9. conclusion
7. quotes/ quotations 10. headline
8. figures
Transcript
N
Lecturer: But how can you get involved? How can you begin to write articles which
will be published on sites like these?
A
Well, first you must have something interesting to say, something you want to
communicate with readers. Assuming you have this, it’s important in an article to
LO
attract people’s attention and gain their interest, so put the main facts first, answering
these questions. Who? Why? When? How? and Where?
Get those basic facts down to start with and get people interested. Then fill in the
details in the rest of the article: the best model is really shaped like a pyramid. (Q6)
H
You put the most important facts at the top of the article and lots of smaller details
down below.
N
Remember, you want people to keep reading, so you need to hold your readers’
interest. A really good technique for doing that is to put in quotations from people who
A
are part of the story (Q7) - what they really said. You know the sort of thing, um,
‘Tanya, mother of two, said: ‘It all happened so quickly that we didn’t have time to
TH
sure that your paragraphs don’t contain more than three sentences - people like them
LT
to be brief and to the point, and this will help to hold the attention.
And another thing to bear in mind: if they’ve reading online, people will soon stop
reading your piece and start reading something else, so keep the whole article brief.
Don’t put in a conclusion - just let your article end without it. (Q9)
IE
Another good piece of advice is to remember that old cliche which we’ve all heard -
that a picture is worth a thousand words. It’s true, so if you can, include a picture. I’ll
attract more attention and illustrate what you’ve been saying.
Finally, you need to write a headline - something eye-catching (Q10) which will get
people to just skim the article to start with, and then, if it’s well written, they’ll read it
more carefully afterwards.
N
- communicate (verb): Giao tiếp, truyền đạt, thông tri
Meaning: to make your ideas, feelings, thoughts, etc. known to other people so that
A
they understand them
LO
- pyramid (noun): hình chóp, kim tự tháp
Meaning: a solid shape with a square or triangular base and sloping sides that meet
in a point at the top
Transcript
N
A
Victor: Right, so let’s design a plan. What ideas have you got so far?
Fumiko: Well, I wondered about doing something about relationships in the wild first
LO
- you know, maybe starting with animals.
V: That’s quite a good idea… but I think the very first thing you need to do is give a
definition of what you mean by your key terms. (Q6)
F: Oh, so I need to say what terms like ‘relationship’ mean?
H
V: Yeah. Um, you could just do a diagram - you know, like you do when you
brainstorm something.
N
R: Oh yes - OK, I’ll do that first.
V: Right. After that, you could do a bit of background on the animal world… (Q7)
A
F: Yeah - interesting - just to show that relationships are part of life...So that’s the
definition and background - what next?
V: Well, then you have to move on to people. Are you going to target a particular age
group? Or something else?
S
F: Well, I thought that first I would look at different...well, there are so many places
aren’t there where we form relationships. In the office
LT
N
V: Yes, it’s sort of area that you can canvas people’s opinions on. Ah, it might be
A
good to get some opinions from people over the age of 60.
F: And - as a contrast - why don’t I end by looking into the future? Maybe the future
LO
changes in...
V: Yeah, or better still, the influences - you know, with all the social networking that
goes on now.(Q10)
F: OK, influences...oh, that’s been such a help, Victor. Thanks so much.
H
V: No problem… I’d better go and get some work done myself.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
something works, etc.
A
- brainstorm (verb): động não
Meaning: to all think about something at the same time, often in order to solve a
LO
problem or to create good ideas
with
TH
Transcript
N
Woman: The Duke of Edinburgh’s Award is a programme of activities designed
A
to help young people from all backgrounds develop personally. There are three
LO
levels: Bronze, Silver and Gold, and for each level participants have to
complete a series of activities in four categories: volunteering, physical, skills,
and expedition.
This talk will explain what you have to do in order to get a Bronze award. The Q1
H
first thing you need to do is find a Duke of Edinburgh centre near you. This could
be your school, college, or youth club. Then you’ll need to pay a small fee to
N
enrol in the programme. Once you’ve enrolled, you’ll get a welcome pack which Q2
explains the four categories in more detail. Then you can start planning what to
A
do. You can do many different types of activity for each category, but you must Q3
get them approved by your Duke of Edinburgh Coordinator before you start so
TH
you don’t waste time doing something which is not approved. The other
important person is your assessor. This is the person who will certify that you’ve Q4
completed each activity by signing your record book. After you’ve completed all
the activities in the time given, your assessor will send your record book results
S
to the operating authority, who will check it. If everything is satisfactory, you’ll Q5
LT
get your certificate and badge to confirm you’ve completed the award. And after
that, you can start working on the Silver award!
IE
N
- category (noun): hạng, loại
Meaning: a group of people or things with particular features in common
A
- volunteer (noun): người tình nguyện, người xung phong
LO
Meaning: a person who does a job without being paid for it
Meaning: to arrange for yourself or for somebody else to officially join a course,
school, etc.
TH
Meaning: a small piece of metal or plastic, with a design or words on it, that a
person wears to show that they belong to an organization, support something, have
achieved something, have a particular rank, etc.
8. sign
9. reception
10. membership card
Transcript
N
Now, the final thing I want to talk about is how to join the Park Hill Leisure Centre
and enrol for the classes. First you need to complete an enrolment form with some of
A
your personal details, including your address and telephone number and the name of
LO
your school. If you're under sixteen years old, then you'll also be required to get your
parents' permission to take part in the classes. Please ask one of your parents to sign Q8
the authorisation form attached to the enrolment form. You'll find the form in your
information pack. When you've done this, you just hand the forms to reception. You Q9
H
can pay an annual subscription of twenty pounds, or alternatively, you can pay each
time you use the facilities. There is a one pound sixty admission fee in this case.
N
Whether you decide to pay in one go or with each visit, you still need to complete the
forms in your pack and become a member. Once we have the forms, we'll send your Q10
A
membership card to your home address. All you need to do is show this card every
time you come to the centre, and if you want to book a class, you just need your
TH
N
by somebody in a position of authority
A
- authorisation (noun): sự cho phép, sự cấp phép
Meaning: official permission or power to do something; the act of giving permission
LO
- reception (noun): sự nhận, sự thu nhận, sự lĩnh
Meaning: the area inside the entrance of a hotel, an office building, etc. where
guests or visitors go first when they arriveH
- subscription (noun): sự quyên góp (tiền)
N
Meaning: an amount of money you pay, usually once a year, to receive regular copies
A
1. General 4. System
2. Specific 5. Relevance
3. Make notes
Transcript
N
Tutor: Hi, James. How’s your alternative energy research project going?
James: To be honest, I’m a bit confused about how to do the research for all the
A
different energy types.
LO
Tutor: Well, the first thing to do is to make sure you focus your question,
otherwise you’ll have too much to read and you won’t be able to select
the key arguments.
James: So how do I do that?
Tutor: H
Start with the general topic of alternative energy and then keep asking
questions until you’ve narrowed the topic down to one particular area.
N
Then, when you have your question, make a list of the reading you will
need. This list should be general to give you some background, but Q1
A
James: Yes, that makes sense. I think that’s my main problem – I don’t recall
where I’ve read different ideas so I can’t find them again later. And my Q4
friends have warned me that not recording ideas in a system can
IE
N
Vocabulary:
A
- alternative energy (noun phrase): năng lượng thay thế
LO
Meaning: Energy from a source other than the conventional fossil-fuel sources of oil,
natural gas, and coal; e.g., wind, running water, the sun. Thus, alternative fuel
- argument (noun): lý lẽ, lý luận
Meaning: a conversation or discussion in which two or more people disagree, often
H
angrily
- warn (verb): cảnh cáo, răn
N
Meaning: to tell somebody about something, especially something dangerous or
A
or completing something
- organise (verb): tổ chức, cấu tạo, thiết lập
LT
8. rotate
9. gathering
10. the other direction
Transcript
N
Emma: Right, shall we get started on some of the content?
A
Tom: Yes. we haven’t got that much time. Does anyone know anything about
their topics?
LO
Alex: I know quite a lot about cyclones.
Tom: Do you?
Alex: Well, I studied them at high school. You know, cyclones usually start
near the equator. They need quite warm water to form. Above the Q8
H
warm water, the vapour in the air forms clouds, and if there is low
pressure, then these clouds will start to rotate.
N
Tom: Isn't it also the fact that the earth rotates too which makes the clouds
spin more?
A
Alex: Yes, that too. Once they begin rotating, they can either lose Q9
momentum or keep gathering momentum until they hit land - these
TH
ones are called mature cyclones. Luckily, as soon as they hit land, they
start to lose momentum and fade away. Just because they don't have the
warmth of the ocean underneath.
Emma: Well, that's a relief!
S
Alex: They can still be really destructive. They're like a big circle of wind.
LT
They blow strongly until the eye of the storm passes - you know, the
centre, where everything is really quiet, no wind or anything. But then
Q10
the other side hits and the winds blow just as strongly but in the other
direction! It's just amazing! Yes, I would really like to cover that.
IE
N
- vapour (noun): hơi nước
A
Meaning: a mass of very small drops of liquid in the air, for example steam
LO
- pressure (noun): sức ép, áp lực
Meaning: the force or weight with which something presses against something else
- destructive (adj): phá hoại, phá huỷ, tàn phá, huỷ diệt
Meaning: causing destruction or damage
S
LT
IE
11. B
12. C
13. E
Transcript
N
MAN: Hello?
A
WOMAN: Hi. It’s Laura Cariton here. We’ve just arrived at the holiday flat,
but I can’t get the hot water and heating to work.
LO
MAN: Oh right! That’s easy. Don’t worry. In the upstairs cupboard, you’ll
find the water heater. You’ll see three main controls on the left at the bottom of
the heater. The first one - the round one on the far left - is the most important Q11
one for the heating and hot water. It’s the main control switch. Make sure it’s
H
in the ‘on’ position. The switch itself doesn’t light up, but the little square below
N
will be black if the switch is ‘off’. That’s probably what’s happened - it’s got
switched off by mistake. The middle one of these three controls - you’ll see it’s
A
slightly larger than the first one - controls the radiators. If you feel cold while
you’re there and need the radiators on, this needs to be turned to maximum.
TH
The last of the three controls - the one on the right - is usually on about a
number four setting which for the water in the taps is usually quite hot enough.
Below the heating controls in the middle is a small round plastic button. If there
isn’t enough water in the pipes, sometimes the heater goes out. If this happens Q12
S
you’ll need to press this button to reset the heater. Hold it in for about five
LT
seconds and the heater should come on again. Then there’s a little square Q12
under the third knob, that’s a kind of alarm light. It’ll flash if you need to reset Q13
the heater.
IE
- cupboard (noun): tủ có một hoặc nhiều cửa ở phía mặt (hoặc xây chìm vào tường)
để đựng thức ăn, quần áo, đĩa; tủ ly
Meaning: a piece of furniture with doors and shelves used for storing dishes, food,
clothes, etc.
N
Meaning: a small device that you press or move up and down in order to turn a light
or piece of electrical equipment on and off
A
- slightly (adv): nhỏ; ở một mức độ không đáng kể
LO
Meaning: a little
Meaning: a sign that shows you what something is like or how a situation is
changing
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
Tutor: OK, so let’s just think about the content of your case study - the history of Furniture
N
Rossi. I see here in paragraph four you’re talking about how Luca Rossi raised the
capital for his new business venture - and then you’re talking about the customer
A
base growing much wider - but what was it that prompted this growth?
LO
James: Well, that was to do with the quality of the furniture (Q26) products that the
company was selling. People loved that it was all hand-made and would last.
Tutor: And because demand from customers kept growing?
James: Well, then Rossi needed to take on more craftsmen so they could make sure the
H
orders were ready on time, and then, he also had to set up two new warehouses
(Q27) to make distribution quicker.
N
Tutor: Yes. And from there, the company really grew. But think what happened next. They
started looking at ways to increase their profits and called in a consultant. And
A
what he saw immediately was that the infrastructure was completely outdated -
they were paying three full-time admin staff just for data-entry. So he recommended
TH
they upgrade their software programs (Q28) and that, in turn, cut operational costs
and just speeded everything up.
James: I’m surprised they didn’t get on to that earlier, but I suppose Luca Rossi was more
interested in the design aspect, rather than the finance side of things.
S
Tutor: Yes, I imagine that’s why he eventually turned the day-to-day running of the
LT
company over to his son. And in fact, it was the son, Marco, who persuaded his
father to move on from traditional television advertising and go online instead.
James: I guess that’s the best way to reach people.
IE
Vocabulary:
N
- venture (noun): dự án kinh doanh, công việc kinh doanh
A
Meaning: a business project or activity, especially one that involves taking risks
- demand (noun): nhu cầu
LO
Meaning: a very firm request for something; something that somebody needs
- craftsmen (noun): thợ thủ công
Meaning: a skilled person, especially one who makes beautiful things by hand
- warehouses (noun): kho hàng; kho chứa đồ H
Meaning: a building where large quantities of goods are stored, especially before
N
they are sent to shops/stores to be sold
- consultant (noun): người tư vấn, tư vấn viên
A
Meaning: a person who knows a lot about a particular subject and is employed to
give advice about it to other people
TH
Transcript
N
Dave: What are the next steps if we are to have a new system?
Randhir: Well, the first question is - do you have support from your senior Q27
A
management?
Dave: Yes, I’ve already discussed it with them and they’ve also keen to get
LO
this work done.
Randhir: OK, because I was going to say, that’s the first thing you need to do
and without that we can’t go ahead.
Dave: Yes, I’ve done that. H
Randhir: That’s good
N
Dave: Actually, they mentioned that there’s probably a form I need to
complete to formally start the project.
A
Randhir: Yes - that’s the next thing you need to do. I’ll send you an email with
a link so you can full it in online. It’s called a ‘project request form’. Q28
TH
Dave: OK - can you send me his contact details and I’ll set up a meeting with Q29
LT
him.
Randhir: OK that’s good, so we should soon be able to get a team together to
start the work. Some members of our team work in different locations
so it’s not easy to have face-to-face meetings.
IE
Dave: That’s OK - I’m used to having conference calls providing they are Q30
not late at night.
Randhir: Right - so I’ll send you details of the team and if you could set up a call
that would be great.
Dave: OK, I’ll do that.
Randhir: Thanks
- senior (adj): nhiều tuổi hơn; cao hơn về cấp bậc (chức quyền..); lâu năm hơn
Meaning: a person who is older than somebody else
N
- identify (verb): nhận ra, nhận biết, nhận diện, nhận dạng
A
Meaning: to recognize somebody/something and be able to say who or what they are
LO
- conference (noun): hội nghị
Meaning: a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people
with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
N
Alan: Hi Melanie - what did you think of the assignment that we got today? It
looks interesting, doesn’t it?
A
Melanie: Yes Alan, I’ve always been interested in recycling but there’s a lot of research
to do.
LO
Alan: Yes - there are a lot of things I’m unsure of so it’s going to be good working
with you.
Melanie: OK- well why don’t we start by making a flow-chart from the notes our tutor
gave us? H
Alan: Yes, um, so...on one side we could have the paper production cycle - here on
the left - and on the other side the recycling.
N
Melanie: Good idea. Let’s start at the top with the production. The first step in the
A
Melanie: OK - and then the bark is removed from the outside of the tree and after that
the wood is chopped up - that’s the first three stages.
Alan: It sounds a bit complicated after that. Um, it says water is added and then Q22
the mixture is heated and made into pulp. This will be the thick paste that
S
Yes - you’re right because after that they use a machine to make the paper and
we can put that right in the centre of the flow-chart because it’s also where the
recycled paper joins the process.
Alan: Yes. So once the paper has been produced in the machine, what happens then?
IE
Melanie: Well, I think we should write ‘print’ as the next step because this is when
newspapers, magazines, etc. are produced. And we could also add that they Q23
have to be distributed to stores and people’s homes.
Alan: Right, then the recycling bit starts. The old paper’s collected and then it says
it’s taken somewhere so that someone or something can sort it. I imagine Q24
there are different kinds of paper - or things like paper clips that need to be
removed.
N
Vocabulary:
A
- assignment (noun): sự giao việc, sự phân công
Meaning: a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do, usually as part of
LO
their job or studies
understand
TH
Meaning: a soft substance that is made by crushing wood, cloth or other material
LT
23. activated
24. 50 kilometres
25. temperature
Transcript
N
SIMON: But let’s move onto how floats work.
A
SIMON: The operational cycle goes like this. Each of the floats is dropped
in the ocean from a boat at a set point and activated from a Q23
LO
satellite. Then the float immediately sinks about 2,000 metres…
that’s two whole kilometres down in the water. It stays at this
depth for about 10 days and is carried around by the currents
which operate in the ocean at this level. During this time, it’s
H
possible for it to cover quite large distances but the average is Q24
fifty kilometres.
N
STUDENT 2: So, what is it actually recording?
SIMON: Well, at this stage nothing, but as it rises to the surface, it collects
A
weather balloons. Then, when it gets back to the surface, all the
data it’s collected is beamed up to the satellite. After about 5
hours on the surface, the float automatically sinks, beginning the
whole process again.
S
N
- sink (verb): chìm, thụt, lún
A
Meaning: to go down below the surface or towards the bottom of a liquid or soft
substance
LO
- variation (noun): sự biến đổi, sự thay đổi; mức độ thay đổi, mức độ biến đổi
Meaning: a change, especially in the amount or level of something
H
- satellite (noun): vệ tinh; vệ tinh nhân tạo
Meaning: an electronic device that is sent into space and moves around the earth or
N
another planet. It is used for communicating by radio, television, etc. and for
A
providing information.
TH
Meaning: connected with the earth's atmosphere and its changes, especially in the
way they affect the weather
LT
IE
Transcript
N
JEANNIE: Well, the first thing is to find out exactly what’s required in the
exams.
A
DAN: Mm. Would it help to get hold of some past papers?
JEANNIE: Yes. They’ll help to make it clear.
LO
DAN: Right, I’ll do that. Then what?
JEANNIE: Then you can sort out your revision priorities, based on what’s Q27
most likely to come up. I put these on a card, and read them through
regularly. H
DAN: Uhuh.
JEANNIE: But that isn’t enough in itself. You also need a timetable, to see how Q28
N
you can fit everything in, in the time available. Then keep it front of
you while you’re studying.
A
JEANNIE: Maybe you need to do something different every day, so if you break
down your revision into small tasks, and allocate them to specific Q29
days, there’s more incentive to tackle them. With big topics
you’re more likely to put off starting.
S
then later I can read it through quickly, and d it helps fix things in my
mind.
JEANNIE: That’s brilliant.
IE
I also write answers to questions for the exam practice. It’s hard to
make myself do it, though!
DAN: Well, I’ll try. Thanks a lot, Jeannie. That’s a great help.
JEANNIE: No problem.
DAN: See you aground.
JEANNIE: Bye.
- revision (noun): sự xem lại, sự đọc lại, sự xét lại, sự duyệt lại; cái đã được xem xét
Meaning: a change or set of changes to something
N
- allocate (verb): chỉ định
A
Meaning: to give something officially to somebody/something for a particular
purpose
LO
- incentive (noun): khuyến khích, khích lệ; thúc đẩy
Meaning: something that encourages you to do something
H
- tackle (verb) : xử trí, giải quyết, khắc phục
Meaning: to make a determined effort to deal with a difficult problem or situation
N
- revise (verb): đọc lại, xem lại, duyệt lại, xét lại
A
Meaning: to change your opinions or plans, for example because of something you
TH
have learned
S
LT
IE
5. daylight
6. country
7. willing to
Transcript
N
Phil: Well, what about if we analyse the costing process as part of our
A
project
Tutor: That’s an excellent idea, Phil. OK, so let’s imagine that we want
LO
to forecast the cost of producing solar energy. How could we do
that, Jackie?
Jackie: Um, well, I think we’ d have to start by working out how many Q5
hours of daylight there are in the UK per year.
H
Phil: The Meteorological Office would have data on that.
Jackie: Then estimate the number of hours of sun to get a rough total.
N
Phil: And then I suppose weˆd need to work out how much 1t would cost Q6
A
Tutor: Good, and don't forget the price of power conversation stations
— this will have a significant impact on overall expenditure. And
there’s one more factor you haven't taken into account yet,
regarding the consumers.
S
Tutor: No, but think about what might make them change?
Jackie: Oh, yes. How much they would be willing to pay. Q7
Tutor: Exactly. Well done.
IE
N
- estimate (verb): Sự đánh giá, sự ước lượng
A
Meaning: a judgement that you make without having the exact details or figures
about the size, amount, cost, etc. of something
LO
- extrapolate (verb) : ngoại suy
Meaning: to estimate something or form an opinion about something, using the
facts that you have now and that are valid for one situation and supposing that they
H
will be valid for the new one
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
N
This morning I’d like to focus on New York as a model for understanding immigration
patterns in relation to national rather than international change. Firstly, it is important to
A
understand that migration patterns are primarily affected by the rules of immigration which
LO
determine the conditions of entry. After that, internal changes can affect patterns
considerably. To highlight my first point let’s study this diagram of Ellis Island and the
process of admitting immigrants in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Upon
arrival at Ellis Island, people underwent a series of examinations and questions before being
H
allowed to enter the US. First of all, there was a medical inspection to ensure the immigrants
were not bringing in any contagious diseases. Anyone who did not pass the medical
N
examination was refused entry to New York and sent home on the next available ship.(Q1) If
the examination was passed, immigrants were required to take a further examination; this
A
time a legal examination to establish whether they had any criminal convictions.(Q2) After
this, immigrants were able to change currency and purchase tickets for onward rail travel
TH
from New York. Having completed this simple process, immigrants were told to wait – this
wait could be as long as five hours – before boarding a ferry to take them to New York
City.(Q3) This simple system allowed millions of immigrants to enter the US and is largely
responsible for the ethnic make-up of the city today. Even though the immigrants themselves
S
may have had a variety of reasons for deciding to migrate, it was only possible because of US
LT
N
- immigrant (noun): nhập cư (dân...)
A
Meaning: a person who has come to live permanently in a country that is not their
own
LO
- inspection (noun): sự xem xét kỹ, sự kiểm tra, sự thanh tra
Meaning: an official visit to a school, factory, etc. in order to check that rules are
being obeyed and that standards are acceptable
H
- contagious (adj): truyền nhiễm
N
Meaning: disease spreads by people touching each other
A
Meaning: the act of finding somebody guilty of a crime in court; the fact of having
been found guilty
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
1. cafe 6. 1.50
2. 9 / nine am / 9 o’clock 7. M-A-U-G-H-A-N
3. 5 / five km/ kilometres / kilometers 8. 01444 732 900
N
4. (a) bar(-)code 9. guiding
5. website 10. taking photos/ photographs
A
Transcript
LO
A: Good morning – Dave Speaking
B: Hi – could I speak to the organizer of the Preston Park Run?
A: Yes that’s me. ..
H
B: Great – um – I was taking to some friends of mine about the run and they
suggested I contact you to get some more details.
N
A: Sure – what would you like to know?
B: Well – they said it takes place every Saturday, is that right?
A
A: Yes, it does.
B: OK – great.
TH
where it started.
LT
that so we lengthened it to five kilometres – we now go round the lake twice and Q3
that adds an extra two kilometres.
B: Right – not sure I’ve ever run that far so I’d better start doing a bit of training.
A: That’s a good idea. But it’s not a race, it’s really just for fun and the best thing
would be to take it easy the first few times you do it and then see if you can gradually
improve your time.
N
A. Well there are several ways. I could take your details over the phone but it’s
much easier if you do it using the website Q5
A
B: OK – good. Um, I think that’s probably all I need to know for now. Oh yes, does
it cost anything to register or do you collect money each week?
LO
A: Well it doesn’t cost anything to register but we do charge for the run. In fact we
have just increased the charge to 1.50 pounds. It used to be a pound but because Q6
we were making a bit of a loss we have had to increase it by 50P.
B: OK thanks. I think I have enough information on taking part in the run.
(pause)
H
B: Um – you mentioned volunteers. I have a friend who is interested in helping out.
N
Can you give me some details so I can pass them on to her?
A: Sure – well you need to ask your friend to contact Pete Maughan. He manages
A
B: OK – got that. Can you tell me anything about the volunteering? Like what kind
of activities it involves?
A: Sure – well we need volunteers for basic stuff like setting up the course. We
IE
N
B: Goodbye
A
Vocabulary:
LO
- tennis court (noun): sân chơi tennis
Meaning: the place to play tennis
- stuff (noun): tất cả những việc liên quan đến thứ mà đang nhắc đến
S
Meaning: something
LT
N
Transcript
A
A: Good morning. Dave speaking.
B: Oh hi. I’m phoning about a short story completion. Um, I saw an advert in a magazine
LO
and I was just calling to get some details.
A: Yes – certainly. I’m the competition organizer so I should be able to help. What kind of
details are you looking for?
B: Well – erm. – does it cost anything to enter?H
A: Yes – there’s an entry fee of five pounds.
N
B: OK – that should be fine.
(pause)
A
A: Well – we want to give people a reasonable amount of freedom but the guidelines are
around 3.000 words (Q1).
B: Oh – that sounds quite a lot
A: Well – it’s not as much as it used to be. We did have a limit of 5000 words but some people
S
thought that was too many so this year we’ve reduced it.
LT
B: Oh I see. That sounds interesting. I don’t think I’ve ever written a story like that before.
A: Yes – it’s something we’ve introduced for this year’s competition.
B: Right. Um – I’m eighteen. Is there any age limit?
A: Yes – you need to be sixteen (Q3) or over, so if you’re eighteen that’s fine.
B: Great. So you have the competition once a year. Is that right?
N
B: OK good. So how do I enter?
A: Well we have a website and the best way to enter is to complete the entry form online. We
A
also have more details of the competition on the site. Shall I give you the web address?
B: Yes please.
LO
A: OK – it’s www dot C-O-M-P-4-S-S (Q5) dot com. And that’s the number four not the world
four.
B: OK – thanks. I’ve got that. So – I can complete the entry form online but how do I send the
story? Do I print it out and send it to you? H
A: Well you may want to print the story out so you can review it but don’t post (Q6) it to us.
When you’ve finished your story you will need to email it to us. The email address is on the
N
website I gave you.
B: OK – that’s fine. (pause) Um can you tell me a bit about how the competition is judged and
A
A: Yes of course. Well, once we have all the entries I send them to all the judges. Our
competition is quite popular so we are lucky to be able to use famous authors (Q7) who are
very interested in the competition.
B: That’s fantastic. It’s great to know that someone famous will be reading my story!
S
A: Yes that’s right. It takes them quite a while to read through the entries but eventually they
decide on the top five stories.
LT
N
Vocabulary:
A
- advert (noun): quảng cáo
LO
Meaning: advertising/advertisement
1. 7.30 6. 55
2. pencils 7. beginners
3. top 8. Kahui
4. August 9. Battery
5. Instructions 10. Show
N
Transcript
A
Woman: Hello. Eastwood Community Centre
Man: Oh hello. My name’s Andrew Dyson. I’m calling about the evening classes you
LO
offer.
Woman: OK, Mr. Dyson, are they any classes in particular that you’re interested in?
Man: Yes, you’ve got a class called “Painting with watercolours”, I believe.
Woman: That’s right. It’s a popular class so this term it’ll be moving to the hall, so they’ve
H
got more room.
N
Man: Right. I know it’s on Tuesday but what time exactly?
Woman: It was 6.30 last term, but let me just have a look at the details. OK it’ll be 7.30
A
she’s home from work by 7.15 – that’ll give her just enough time to get there. Um,
what does she need to bring?
Woman: OK, well paints are provided by the tutor, I know that. Uh, the information says
she’ll need just a jar for water – and some pencils (Q2) for drawing. There are
S
also lots of aprons here, so she needn’t worry what she’s wearing. And the cost
LT
N
Woman: Oh I’ve taken that class myself. The tutor’s very good. That’ll be in room 9 and
A
that’s starting in two weeks’ time – in the evening – every Wednesday at 6
o’clock.
LO
Man: Um, obviously I need to bring the camera with me, I suppose it’d be useful to
have the instructions (Q5) that go with the camera, too.
Woman: I’d say so. Um, some people bring along a lot of accessories like extra lenses, but
there’s really no need for this class. It’s mainly focus on composition really, and
Man:
H
getting the most out of the basic camera.
That’s exactly what I need. And how much does it cost?
N
Woman: Let’s see. For four classes, it’s 35 pounds, but if you take eight, it works out as
55 (Q6) pounds, so you’re making a bit of a saving – 15 pounds that is
A
Man: I see
(pause)
TH
Man: OK, now just another question for the watercolours class: I’ve just remembered
that my wife asked me to find out about the level – who’s it for?
Woman: OK, well you don’t have to be very skilled or anything like that. It’s designed for
beginners (Q7), actually. People who might see art as a hobby rather than as a
S
professional opportunity.
LT
Man: That sounds like my wife. And er, who do I talk to if I want to find out some more
about the Maori language classes?
Woman: Probably best to talk to the tutor directly. He’ll be in the office in about half an
IE
N
Vocabulary:
A
- apron (noun): tạp dề
LO
Meaning: Aprons are worn over other clothes to keep them clean, for example when
cooking.
Meaning: an extra piece of equipment that is useful but not essential or that can be
added to something else as a decoration
LT
N
Transcript
A
Agent: Fairfield Rentals. Andrew Williams. How can I help you?
Woman: Oh hello. I’m calling from the UK – um, my family are moving to Canada early
LO
next year, and we’re hoping to find somewhere to rent in Fairfield for the first six
months while we settle in.
Agent: Right, I see. Well let’s get your details.
Woman: Yes, my name’s Jane Ryder H
Agent: Ok Jane, and can I have a phone number – the best number to get you on?
N
Woman: Well, that’d probably be our home number – so 0044 for the UK, and then it’s
2086132978 (Q1)
A
Agent: Alright. And an email address, please, so we can send you out all the information
and forms
TH
Woman: I think it’s best if I give you my husband’s email – he’s sitting in front of a
computer all day so he can print stuff off and get it back to you sooner than I
could. It’s reichard@visiontech.co.uk . I’ll just spell the company name for you.
That’s V-I-S-I-O-N-T-E-C-H (Q2)
S
N
Woman: Actually, though, just thinking about the kitchen, what can I expect form a rental
A
property? I mean, what kind of equipment is provided?
Agent: Well the normal thing is that you get a stove – I think that’s a cooker in British
LO
English
Woman: OK, good to know, but how about a fridge (Q6). We’ll be selling ours before we
come, so if possible, we’d like the apartment to have one for when we arrive
Agent: I can certainly add that to the form. If there’s any other whiteware that you need
H
– like a dishwasher for example, there are plenty of stores here that’ll arrange
delivery on the same day as purchase.
N
Woman: Thanks. Hopefully we won’t need to buy too many things.
Agent: Now, how about location? Have you done any research into the Fairfield area?
A
school (Q7)
Woman: Good idea. That would help. What’s public transport like in Fairfield? Is it easy
to get around?
Agent: The bus service is pretty comprehensive – there are plenty of local routes,
S
Woman: OK, and for a two-bedroom apartment – what sort of rent should we except to
pay?
Agent: Well, looking at properties we have at the moment, prices start from around 750
IE
pounds per months and – depending on the area – can go up to 1200 pounds
Woman: That’s too much. Something halfway would be better
Agent: So, would your limit be, say, 950 (Q8) pounds?
Woman: I’d say so, yes
Agent: Can I ask if you smoke or if you have any pets?
N
if you’re living in the UK.
A
Actually, it was a friend (Q10) of ours. He spent a few months in Fairfield a
couple of years ago and he pointed us in the direction of your website
LO
Woman: Well, it’s good to be recommended. So what I’ll do is…
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
place to another
- branch (noun): chi nhánh
A
Meaning: a local office or shop/store belonging to a large company or organization
- furniture (noun): nội thất
LO
Meaning: objects that can be moved, such as tables, chairs and beds, that are put
into a house or an office to make it suitable for living or working in
- ship (verb): vận chuyển
Meaning: to move something to somewhere H
- storage (noun): sự chứa/kho
Meaning: the process of keeping something in a particular place until it is needed;
N
the space where things can be kept
- property (noun): tài sản
A
may be concerned
- catch up on (phrasal verb): theo kịp
LT
Meaning: to spend extra time doing something because you have not done it earlier
- compile (verb): biên soạn
Meaning: to produce a book, list, report, etc. by bringing together different items,
IE
1. unfriendly 6. party
2. noisy 7. SHADFORD
3. 23.50 8. Towel
4. insects 9. Breakfast
5. bathrooms 10. Kitchen
N
Transcript
A
Julie: Hi Nick. It’s Julie. Have you managed to find any information about
accommodation in Darwin?
LO
Nick: Hi. I was just going to call you. I’ve found some on the Internet. There are quite
a few hostels for backpackers there. The first possibility I found was a hostel
called Top End Backpackers.
Julie: OK H
Nick: It’s pretty cheap, you can get a bed in a dormitory for nineteen dollars per
N
person. Private rooms cost a bit more, but we’ll be OK in dormitories, won’t we?
Julie: Sure
A
Nick: So that hostel has parking, though that doesn’t really matter to us as we’ll be
using public transport.
TH
Julie: Yeah. are there any reviews on the website from people who’ve been there?
Nick: Well, yes. They aren’t all that good though. Some people said they didn’t like to
staff, they had an unfriendly (Q1) attitude.
Julie: Mmm. That’s quite unusual in a hostel, usually all the staff are really welcoming.
S
Nick: That’s what I thought. People said they like to pool, and the fact that the rooms
LT
had air-conditioning, but the problem with that was that it was very noisy (Q2),
so they were kept awake. But it was too hot if they turned it off, so they had to put
up with it.
IE
Julie: Someone told me there’s another hostel called Gum Tree something
Nick: Gum Tree Lodge. It costs a bit more, 45 dollars a person
Julie: What?
Nick: Oh no, that’s for private rooms, it’s 23.50 (Q3) for the dorms.
Julie: That’s more like it.
Nick: It looks to be in quite a good location, a bit out of town and quiet but with good
transport, and quite near a beach.
N
And it’s downtown, near all the restaurants and clubs and everything, so that
should suit you. and it doesn’t close at night.
A
Julie: so there’s always someone on reception. That sounds good.
Nick: The only criticism I saw as that the rooms were a bit messy and untidy because
LO
people just left their clothes and stuff all over the beds and the floor.
Julie: Don’t hostels usually have lockers in the bedrooms where you can leave your
stuff?
Nick: Yeah, they do usually, but apparently they don’t here. Still, hostels are never
H
particularly tidy places, so that doesn’t bother me. And the same person said
that the standard of cleanliness was pretty good, and especially the bathrooms
N
(Q5), they were excellent as far as that went.
A
night everyone staying there got together and ended up having a party (Q6). So
it sounds like it’s got a really good atmosphere.
Julie: OK, let’s go for that one.
(pause)
S
Julie: Cool. I’m really looking forward to this. I’ve never stayed in a hostel before. Do
you provide bed linen-sheets and things?
Nick: Yeah, And you can usually either bring your own towel (Q8), or hire one there,
but they don’t usually provide those for free.
Julie: OK, and what happens about meals?
N
Vocabulary:
A
- manage (verb): quyết định
LO
Meaning: to succeed in doing something, especially something difficult
- hostel (noun): nhà ở giá rẻ
Meaning: a building that provides cheap accommodation and meals to students,
workers or travellers
- backpacker (noun): phượt thủ H
Meaning: a person who go backpaking
N
- reception (noun): lễ tân
Meaning: the area inside the entrance of a hotel, an office building, etc. where
A
N
Transcript
A
Cathy: Hello, Hilary Lodge retirement home. Cathy speaking.
John: Hello, my name’s John Shepherd. Could I ask if you’re the manager of the home?
LO
Cathy: That’s right.
John: Oh good. Hello Cathy. A friend of mine is a volunteer at Hilary Lodge, and I’d
like to help out, too, if you need more people. I would work part-time, so I have
quite a lot of free time. H
Cathy: We’ve always glad of more help. Shall I tell you about some of the activities that
N
volunteers get involved in?
John: Please.
A
Cathy: Well on Monday evenings we organize computer training. We’ve got six laptops,
and five or six residents come to the sessions regularly. They’re all now fine at
TH
writing and sending emails, but our trainer has just moved away, and we need
two or three volunteers who can help the residents create documents (Q1). Just
simple things, really.
John: I’d certainly be interested in doing that.
S
Cathy: Great. Then on Tuesday afternoons we have an informal singing class, which
LT
most of the residents attend. We’ve got a keyboard (Q2), and someone who plays,
but if you’d like to join the singing, you’d be very welcome.
John: I work on Tuesday at the moment, though that might change. I’ll have to give it a
IE
N
John: Uhmm.
(pause)
A
Cathy: Now obviously we’d need to get to know you before you become one of our
volunteers.
LO
John: Of course.
Cathy: Could you come in for an informal interview – later this week, maybe?
John: I’m busy the next couple of days, but would Saturday (Q5) be possible?
Cathy: Certainly, just drop in any time during the day. I won’t be working then, so you’ll
H
see my assistant, Mairead.
John: Sorry, how do you spell that?
N
Cathy: It’s M-A-I-R-E-A-D, Mairead (Q6)
A
John: OK, got that It’s not a name I’m familiar with.
Cathy: It’s an Irish name. She comes from Dublin.
TH
John: Right. And the road that Hilary Lodge is in is called Bridge (Q7) Road, isn’t it?
Cathy: That’s right. Number 73.
John: Fine.
Cathy: Oh, one other thing you might be interested in – we’re holding a couple of “open
S
Cathy: There’s one on April 9th, and another on 14th May. They’re both Saturday, and
all-day events.
John: I can certainly manage May 14th (Q8). I’ve got another commitment on April
IE
9th, though.
Cathy: That would be a great help. We’re having several guest entertainers – singers, a
brass band, and so on – and we’re expecting a lot of visitors. So one possibility
is to help look after the entertainers, or you could spend an hour or so organizing
people as they arrive, and then just be part of the team making sure everything’s
going smoothly.
N
Thank you very much for calling.
A
John: My pleasure. Goodbye.
Cathy: Goodbye.
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
- session (noun): buổi
Meaning: a period of time that is spent doing a particular activity
A
- informal (adjective): không chính thống/ chính thức
Meaning: relaxed and friendly; not following strict rules of how to behave or do
LO
something
- expert (noun): chuyên gia
Meaning: a person with special knowledge, skill or training in something
- all-day (adjective): cả ngày H
Meaning: continuing or available for the whole day
- commitment (noun): cam kết
N
Meaning: a promise to do something or to behave in a particular way; a promise to
A
television, etc.
LT
IE
N
Transcript
A
AGENT: Good morning.
STUDENT: Oh, good morning. Is this… er… room number 26?
LO
AGENT: Yes, that’s right.
STUDENT: So is this the Student Job Centre?
AGENT: It certainly is. How can I help you?
STUDENT: Well, actually I’m looking for a job—a part-time job. Do you have anything
H
available at the moment?
N
AGENT: Ah, yes… Are you a registered student? I’m afraid this service is only
available to full-time students.
A
STUDENT: Yes… I am. I’m doing a degree in Business Studies (Q1). Here’s my student
card.
TH
moment. There’s a job working at the reception desk at the Sports Centre
LT
AGENT: OK, that’s no good then. Um. What about cleaning? There’s a position for a
cleaner (Q4) at the Child Care Centre.
STUDENT: Right…
AGENT: But you’d need to be there at 6 am. Does that appeal?
STUDENT: Six o’clock in the morning! Oh, that’s far too early for me, I’m afraid. I’d
never make it that early in the morning.
N
We’ll fill in the personal details on this application form first, if that’s OK?
A
STUDENT: Yes, that’s fine.
AGENT: Now, what’s your name again?
LO
STUDENT: Anita Newman—that’s N-E-W-M-A-N.
AGENT: And your address, Anita?
STUDENT: I’m in one of the Halls of Residence for post-graduate students, you know,
International House (Q6).
AGENT:
STUDENT:
H
OK—that’s easy. What’s your room number there?
Room B569 – no sorry B659 (Q7). I always get that wrong. I haven’t been
N
living there very long.
AGENT: Do you have any other skills? Typing, languages, that sort of thing?
A
STUDENT: Mmm. I was hoping to have Saturdays free. But I need the work so … can you
LT
Vocabulary:
N
Meaning: against
A
- involve (verb): liên quan
Meaning: to make somebody take part in something
LO
- lecture (noun): bài diễn thuyết/bài giản
Meaning: a talk that is given to a group of people to teach them about a particular
subject. H
- administrative work (noun phrase): công việc điều hành
N
Meaning: connected work with organizing the work of a business or an institution
A
N
Transcript
A
Thank you for calling the phoneline for the Pacton-on-Sea bus tour. This is a recorded
LO
message lasting approximately four minutes and it provides general information on the
town bus tour.
Pacton-on-Sea is a beautiful west coast town and has attracted tourists for many years.
One of the best ways of getting to know the town is to take the bus tour, which provides
H
a wonderful viewing experience from one of our open-top buses. The tour is a
round-trip of the town and there are a total of 4 stops where passengers can get on and
N
off the bus. A lot of people start at the first stop which is at the train station as this is
A
where many tourists arrive in the town. The next stop after the station is the aquarium
which is famous for its dolphin show and which has recently expanded to include
TH
sharks (Q11). This is well worth as visit and is very reasonably priced.
Leaving the aquarium, the bus tour goes along the coast road and after a few
kilometres comes to the Old Fishing Village (Q12) where you can get off to stroll along
the waterfront. There are some original buildings here but most of the area has been
S
modernized and is now used as a harbor for all kinds of sea craft including yachts and
some amazing power boats. The tour then heads off to the last stop and this is where
LT
most of the shops are. So for those of you keen to do a bit of shopping (Q13), this is the
place for you. Our advice is to go to this part of the town in the morning when it is
relatively quiet. It does get very busy in the afternoons, especially at the height of the
IE
season. This area of the town includes an ancient water fountain (Q14) where many
people like to have their photograph taken – so do look out for this.
(pause)
N
p.m. Buses leave every thirty minutes and each tour takes a total of 50 minutes (Q16).
There are many attractions at each of the stops, so wherever you get off the bus there
A
will be plenty to do. The bus tour tickets do not include entrance to any of these
LO
attractions apart from the museum (Q17) which is located near the aquarium. Some
buses have local giudes, who will point out places of interest and will provide
information on the town. However, we cannot guarantee that every bus will have guide
and so we also have an audio commentary that has been specially recorded on the bus
H
tour by the tourist office (Q18) headphones are available on the bus and these are wasy
to operate. There is no extra charge for these – just plug in, select the required
N
language and adjust the volume.
Due to the winter months being rather cold and wet in Pacton-on-Sea, the bus tours
A
only onperate from March to Septenber. The weather is usually warm and sunny
during these months so remember to bring some sun protection, especially on holidays.
TH
And of course, it does occasionally rain here in the summer so if the weather looks bad,
remember to bring some rainwear (Q19). The bus tours are avalable no matter what
the weather.
At the height of the summer the tours can get very busy so you are advised to book. You
S
can book tickets online, over the phone and also at the station and at any of the other
LT
tour stops. When booking over the phone you can collect your tickets at any of the stops
at the start of your tour. When you do it online you can print your e-ticket (Q20) which
you must remember to bring with you.
IE
Thank you for calling the Pacton-on-Sea phoneline and we look forward to seeing you
soon on one of our tour buses.
N
- aquarium (noun): viện hải dương học
Meaning: a large glass container in which fish and other water creatures and plants
A
are kept
LO
- stroll (verb): đi dạo
Meaning: to walk somewhere in a slow relaxed way
Meaning: to make a system, methods, etc. more modern and more suitable for use
at the present time
TH
Meaning: a firm promise that you will do something or that something will happen
Transcript
Thank you for calling the Tourist Line. There are many different ways of getting round the
N
city and we'd like to suggest some you may not have thought of.
How about a city trip by boat? There are four main stopping points - from west to east
A
stop A Green Banks, stop B City Bridge, stop C Roman Landing and stop D Newtown.
LO
You can find the main booking office at stop A.
The first boat leaves at 8 a.m. and the last one at 6.30 p.m. There are also many
attractions you can visit along the river. At Stop A, if you have time, you can visit the fine
16th century palace here built for the king with its beautiful formal gardens (Q14). It's
H
very near the booking office. Now you can enjoy every corner of this superb residence.
Stop B Why don't you visit Tower Restaurant (Q15) with its wide range of refreshments?
N
This is a place where you can sit and enjoy the wonderful views (Q16) over the old
commercial and banking centre of the city.
A
Stop C is the area where, in the first century AD, invading soldiers crossed the river, this
was much shallower than it is now. That's why this area is called Roman Landing.
TH
There's an interactive Museum to visit here with a large shop which has a good range of
local history (Q17) books.
At the furthest point of the trip, stop D, the most exciting place to visit is the new
Entertainment Complex with seven-screen (Q18) cinema, bowling alley and video games
S
arcade.
LT
Besides the boat tours, there are city buses. Two companies offer special services:
The Top Bus Company runs all its tours with a live commentary in English. Tours leave
from 8.30 a.m every 20 minutes (Q19). There are departures from Central Station, Castle
IE
Hill and Long Walk. This is a hop-on hop-off service and tickets are valid for 24 hours.
For further details call Top Bus on 02089447810.
The Number One Sightseeing Tour is available with a commentary in eight languages.
Buses depart from Central Station (Q20) every five to six minutes from about 9 a.m with
the last bus at around 7 p.m. There are also Number One services with an
English-speaking…
N
- residence (noun): nhà cửa nói chung
Meaning: a house, especially a large or impressive one
A
- refreshment (noun): đồ ăn thức uống
LO
Meaning: food or drink
Meaning: to enter a country, town, etc. using military force in order to take control
of it
Meaning: that involves people working together and having an influence on each
other
LT
Transcript
N
A
Hello, and thank you for asking me to your teachers’ meeting to talk about the
Dinosaur Museum and to tell you a bit about what you can do with your students
LO
there.
Well, let me give you some of the basic information first. In regards to opening
hours, we’re open every day of the week from 9.00 am to 8.00 pm except on
Mondays when we close at 1.30 pm (Q11). And, in fact the only day in the year
H
when we’re closed is on the 25th of December (Q12). You can book a guided tour
for your school group any time that we’re open.
N
If you bring a school group to the museum, when you arrive we ask you to remain
with your group in the car park (Q13). One or more of the tour guides will
A
welcome you there and brief you about what the tour will be about. We do this
there because our entrance is quite small and we really haven’t got much room for
TH
If you’re going to have lunch at the museum you will, of course, have to allow more
time. There are two cafes in the museum, with seating for 80 people. If you want to
eat there you’ll need to reserve some seating, as they can get quite crowded at
IE
lunch time. Then outside the museum at the back there are tables (Q15), and
students can bring their own lunch and eat it there in the open air.
N
- exhibition (noun): buổi triển lãm/ sự triển lãm
Meaning: a collection of things, for example works of art, that are shown to the
A
public
LO
- allow (verb): cho phép
Meaning: to let somebody/something do something; to let something happen or be
done
Meaning: to ask for a seat, table, room, etc. to be available for you or somebody else
TH
at a future time
S
LT
IE
N
Transcript
A
Hello, and welcome to Focus on the Arts. I’m your host – Dave Green- and this is your
very own local radio programme. Every Friday evening we put the spotlight on
LO
different arts and culture facilities, and look at the shows and events that are on offer
in the coming weeks.
And today the focus is on The National Arts Centre. Now, if you don’t already know it
yourself I’m sure you’re all heard of it. It’s famous throughout the word as one of the
H
major venues for classical music. Q11
But did you know that it is actually much more than just a place to hear concerts? The
N
Centre itself is a huge complex that caters for great range of arts. Under a single roof
A
it houses concert rooms, theatres, cinemas, art galleries and a wonderful public
library, as well as service facilities including three restaurants and a bookshop. So at Q12
TH
City’s gift to the Nation’. Of course it took a while for such a big project to get started,
but it was planned in the 60s, built in the 70s and eventually opened to the public in Q13
LT
1983. Ever since then it has proved to be a great to be a great success. It is not privately Q14
owned, like many arts centres, but is still in public hands – it’s run by the City Council Q15
Both our National Symphony Orchestra and National Theater Company were involved
IE
in the planning of the project, and they are now based there – giving regular
performances every week – and as the Centre is open 363 days of the year, there are Q16
plenty of performances to choose from.
So, to give you some idea of what’s on, and to help you choose from the many
possibilities, we’re b made a selection of the star attractions.
N
Lives’. It’s had fantastic reviews and tickets cost just £4.50 , which is a reduction on Q19
the usual price of £5.50 . So, it’s really good value, especially for such a great movie.
A
But you can see the centre’s main attraction at the weekend, because on Saturday and
Sunday, 11 am to 10 pm, they’re showing a wonderful new exhibition that hasn’t been
LO
seen anywhere else in Europe yet. It’s a collection of Chinese Art called ‘Faces of Q20
China’ – that’s in Gallery 1 – and it some really fascinating paintings and sculptures
by leading artists from all over China – and the good news is that it is completely free,
so don’t miss it! H
So why not go along to the National Art Centre next week for one – or all – of these
N
great events – and you can always pick up a programme and check out all the other
performances and exhibitions on offer, or coming soon, on almost every day of the
A
year.
Next week we’ll be looking at the Museum of Science…
TH
Vocabulary:
S
place or person
- facility (noun): trang thiết bị
Meaning: buildings, services, equipment, etc. that are provided for a particular
IE
purpose
- venue (noun): nơi gặp gỡ
Meaning: a place where people meet for an organized event, for example a concert,
sporting event or conference
- in the heart of the city (noun phrase): trung tâm thành phố
Meaning: The city centre
Transcript
N
PAM: Now, what about the computers? I think it might be a good idea to install
A
some new models. They would take up a lot less room and so that would
increase the work space for text books and so on.
LO
JUN: That would be great. It is a bit cramped in there at times.
PAM: What about other resources? Do you have a list of things that the students
would like to see improved?
JUN: Yes, one of the comments that students frequently make is that they find if
H
difficult to find materials that are appropriate for their level, especially
reading resources. So I think we need to label them more clearly. Q25
N
PAM: We that’s easy enough, we can get that organised very quickly. In fact I
think we should review all of the study resources as some of them are
A
haven’t got in there at all. What do you think of the idea of introducing
some workbooks? If we break them up into separate pages and laminate Q27
LT
them, they’d be a great resource. The students could study the main course
book in class and then do follow-up practice in the Self-Access Centre.
JUN: That sounds good.
IE
PAM: Okay, now finally we need to think about how the room is used. I’ll have
to talk to the teachers and make sure we can all reach some agreement on
a timetable to supervise the centre after class. But we also need to think Q28
about security, too. Especially if we’re going to invest in some new
equipment.
JUN: What about putting in an alarm? Q29
N
Vocabulary:
A
- install (verb): lắp đặt
LO
Meaning: to fix equipment or furniture into position so that it can be used
Transcript
JULIE: We need to think about what to prepare… Dr White said he wanted us
N
to use plenty of visuals and things and we might as well try them out
when we’re not being assessed…
A
TREVOR: Well, the most important thing is the overhead projector…
Q27
LO
JULIE: No problem…we’ll get that from the media room… must remember to
book it…
TREVOR: Well… we’ll need a map of course.
JULIE: Probably two… one of the islands… large scale.
TREVOR:
JULIE:
And one of West Africa. H
Well, the West African one is no problem… There’s one in the
N
Resources Room. Q28
TREVOR: Oh yeah, of course, the resources room; the islands are going to be
A
more of a problem.
JULIE: Tell you what… there’s a very clear map of Santiago in that tourist
TH
N
- tourist brochure (noun): cẩm nang du lịch
A
Meaning: a glossary of places of interest
LO
- Literacy (noun): sự biết đọc biết viết
Meaning: the ability to read and write
Transcript
N
So what exactly is MSG? Well, Monosodium Glutamate contains
A
seventy-eight point two per cent glutamate, twelve point two per cent
sodium and nine point six per cent water. Glutamate is an amino acid that Q34
LO
can be found naturally in all protein-containing foods, erm, so this includes
food such as meat and cheese. Q35+Q36
It is widely known that Chinese and Japanese food contains MSG but many
H
people don’t seem to be aware that it is also used in foods in other parts of
the world. For example it is found in commercially made Italian pizzas, in
N
American fast food and in Britain MSG is used in things like potato crisps.
So, how exactly does MSG work? Well, in the Western world, we commonly
A
talk of four ‘tastes’, and I’m sure you’re all familiar with the concepts of
sweet, sour, bitter and salt. Well, in 1908, Kikunae Ikeda identified a fifth Q37
TH
suggests that this fifth taste serves a purpose just as the other tastes do. He
suggests that it signals to us the presence of protein in food, in the same
way that sweetness indicates that a food contains energy-giving
IE
N
- detect (verb): tìm tòi/khám phá
A
Meaning: to discover or notice something, especially something that is not easy to
see, hear, etc.
LO
- indicate (verb): chỉ ra
Meaning: to show
Meaning: the decay of food which means that it can no longer be used
TH
S
LT
IE
21. attitude(s)
22. gender/ sex
23. creativity / creativeness
Transcript
N
TUTOR: Well, you’ve both been looking at different styles of managing
A
individuals in companies and the workplace. How's the research
going, Philip?
LO
PHILIP: Well, I’ve been looking at why individualism, I mean individual
differences, are such an important area of management studies.
When you think about any organization, be it a family business or
a multinational company, they are all fundamentally a group of
H
people working together. But it's what these individuals
contribute to their places of work that makes you realize how
N
important they are. Of course they bring different ideas, but it’s
also their attitudes and their experiences of learning. Diversity is Q21
A
PHILIP: There are lots of reasons but research has shown a lot of it comes
down to personality. And the other factor is gender. It's a well - Q22
known fact that men and women do lots of things in different
ways, and the workplace is no different.
S
N
- contribute (verb): đóng góp
A
Meaning: to give something, especially money or goods, to help somebody/something
LO
- Diversity (noun): sự đa dạng
Meaning: a range of many people or things that are very different from each other
N
Transcript
A
Hi everyone – today I’m going to be talking about the origins of ceramics. So, first of
LO
all, let’s start off with – what is a ceramic? Well, generally speaking, ceramics are
what you get when you apply heat to certain inorganic, non-metallic solids and then
allow them to cool. And examples of ceramics are everyday things like earthenware
pots, crockery, glassware and even concrete.
H
So how did it begin? Well it all started around 29,000 years ago when humans
discovered that if you dig up some soft day from the ground, mould it into a shape
Q31
N
and then heat it up to a very high temperature, when it cools the clay has been
transformed into something hard and rigid. And so – what did those first humans do
A
with their discovery? Well – they created figurines which were small statues and
which depicted animals or gods or any shape that the clay could be moulded into.
TH
And all this activity was centred around southern Europe where there is also evidence Q32
of ceramics that were created much later.
The early humans also found a practical use for their discovery, such as storing
things like grains – although there were drawbacks. The pots were porous so that,
S
although they could carry water in them, it wasn’t possible to store it over a long Q33
LT
period. And also, they were quite brittle and shattered very easily if they were
dropped.
But despite these problems, it was many thousands of years before there were any
IE
improvements. In China at around 200 BC, they discovered that by adding minerals Q34
to the clay they could improve both the appearance and the strength of the ceramics.
But it took nearly a thousand years before they perfected the process to produce
high-quality ceramics known as porcelain. And once they had perfected the process,
they kept it a secret – for another thousand years!
N
We’ll now look at another ceramic which is made from mixing sand with minerals
and heating to over 600 degrees Celsius. When this mixture cools the result is of
A
course glass. The main difference between ceramics made from clay and glass is
that clay is made up of crystalline plates which become locked together in the
LO
cooling process whereas glass cools too quickly for crystals to form. Apart from Q37
that, the process of heating up naturally occurring materials to transform them is
the same.
The origins of glass date back to 3500 BC but it wasn’t until the Roman Empire,
H
2000 years ago, that the art of glass-blowing and the practical users of glass became
more widespread. One of the more innovative uses was to use it in windows as, up Q38
N
until then, they had just been holes in walls. It must have been very draughty in
A
those days!
The Romans were also responsible for inventing concrete. And although the origins
TH
are uncertain, experts think that this is largely due to the high level of volcanic
activity in the area. The Romans observed that, when volcanic ash mixes with water Q39
and then cools, it gets extremely hard and almost impossible to break up. The
chemical reaction that follows is very complex and continues for many years, and
S
the concrete just keeps getting harder. Evidence of this is the numerous Roman
remains that are still standing, many of which are almost completely intact.
LT
One of the most important facts about concrete for the romans was that it can be
created underwater. As the Roman Empire grew, the Romans needed to take control
of the seas and for this they needed to build harbours capable of holding a fleet of Q40
IE
ships. Pouring concrete mixture into the sea immediately started the hardening
process and rather than just dissolving in the mass of water, the substance was
tough and long-lasting. This strange characteristic of concrete made a significant
contribution to the success of the Roman Empire.
N
a place at college, university, etc.
A
- inorganic (adjective): nhân tạo
Meaning: not consisting of or coming from any living substances
LO
- non-metallic (adjective): không chứa kim loại
Meaning: hard
N
- shattered (adjective): mệt mỏi
A
Meaning: tired
LO
- high-quality (adjective): chất lượng cao
- porcelain (noun): sứ
Meaning: a hard white shiny substance made by baking clay and used for making
H
delicate cups, plates and decorative objects; objects that are made of this
N
- merchandise (noun): hàng hóa
Meaning: the good
A
TH
Meaning: to solve
N
Transcript
A
Hello everyone. You've all been given an assignment for your Sociology course which
LO
will involve giving a presentation to the rest of the group. And so, today, I’m going to
be giving you a few tips on how to prepare your presentations. This should help you
with your current assignment — but a lot of the principles I’ll be putting across will
be general principles which will, of course, help you with all your future
presentations. H
So first of all, the most important thing to consider is your audience and in this
N
instance, your audience are the other students in your group. There are three points
to bear in mind. Firstly, you need to ask yourself what they need to know; secondly,
A
it’s useful to consider whether they'll be supportive or not; and thirdly — will it be a Q31
small group, say three or four, a moderate gathering of twenty or so people (as for
TH
them something that forces them to pay attention. This could be something surprising Q32
LT
or even shocking but it needs to be relevant! After that, you need a list of items or
topics showing them what you'll be covering rather like an agenda — and then the
main part of the presentation will follow. This main part will be the detailed
IE
N
remember to provide some variety in the way you speak. So, for example, you can
A
talk fairly rapidly for information that may be familiar, but then slow down for more
unfamiliar sections. And change your tone as you speak — don’t keep it at the same Q36
LO
level all the way through. As I mentioned, look at your audience. Er, a good tip is to
pick people out and look at them for around five seconds. Not looking at the
audience gives the impression that you're either not interested in them or terrified
of them. Looking too long at one particular person may make them feel rather
H
uncomfortable. There may be points in your presentation that you want your
audience to really absorb and in order to make important points stand out you may
N
consider adding silence right after these. It will give people time to reflect on what Q37
you've just said. Also — you may be presenting complicated ideas or technical
A
details but try to keep everything as simple as possible. Use simple words and as few
as possible. And be clear. If you say something like ‘this appears to be’, it implies
TH
uncertainty. So using weak verbs such as ‘appears, ‘seems’, ‘could be’, etc. needs to Q38
be avoided.
I'll just finish off with a few thoughts on questions and interruptions from the
audience. You may choose to invite questions should be encouraged. It provides you
S
with some feedback on how interested the audience is and how well they’re
LT
understanding you. When a question is asked you need to provide an answer that is
as accurate as possible. So initially, my tip is to repeat it. This will ensure you have Q39
heard it correctly and will give you a few seconds to gather your thoughts.
IE
Interruptions, on the other hand, can be unwelcome and you may get them for a
variety of reasons. It is likely, however, that there’s something in your presentation
that's unclear confusing. So my advice is to reduce problems by reading through
your presentation beforehand and predicting potential points which could cause Q40
interruptions. You may then want to change that part of your presentation or, at
least, you will be prepared if someone does interrupt you.
Now, do you have any questions....
N
Meaning: a list of items to be discussed at a meeting
A
- consistent (adjective): kiên định
Meaning: always behaving in the same way, or having the same opinions,
LO
standards, etc.
N
Transcript
A
Well, good morning everyone. As you know, we’ve been looking at different kinds of
LO
art and craft that were practised by the Maori people of New Zealand - at least before
the Europeans began to arrive in the 18th century. So, the focus of this lecture is kite
making; how the kites were made, their appearance and the purposes they served.
Well, let's start with the way they were made. As with other Maori artistic traditions,
H
kite-making involved certain rituals. So, firstly, only priests were allowed to fly and
handle the largest, most sacred kites. There were rules, too, for the size and scale of
N
the kites that the priests had to follow, and during the preparation of both small and
large kites, food was strictly forbidden. Q31
A
In terms of appearance, kites were frequently designed in the image of a native bird,
or a Maori god, and sometimes, perhaps less often, a well-known hero. You can Q32
TH
imagine that when Maori first arrived in the new country, in New Zealand, it may
have taken some time to find suitable materials for their kites — but through trial and
error no doubt, they found plants and trees that provided bark and even roots that
they could use to make the frames and wings of their kites. And after the frame had
S
been constructed, the kite then had to be decorated. For this the priests used long
LT
grasses, and these — when the kite was in the air would stream along behind it. They
also used a variety of feathers to add, um, colour to their creations. Well, all this Q33
meant it was easy to see a kite in the sky but you could also ear Maori kites. They
IE
could be quite noisy indeed, and this was because some priests liked to hang a long
row of shells from the kite. You can imagine how they’d rattle and clatter in the wind Q34
- how they might completely capture your attention. As I said before, the most
common image was probably a bird, and that’s the same for other kite-making
cultures, but the kites were designed in particular shapes — so there were kites that
were triangular, rectangular and also shaped like a diamond. And some of them Q35
N
can clearly see it has a tattoo and also a set of teeth. Quite impressive - and a good Q37
A
example of Maori craftsmanship and symbolism.
Right, turning to the purpose and function of the kites, they certainly had multiple
LO
uses. Primarily, the flying of kites was a way of communicating with the gods and
when the kites rose into the air, the Maori used them to deliver messages — perhaps Q38
requesting a good harvest, good fortune in war, a successful hunting expedition.
So, these kites were incredibly valuable to a community - treasured objects that one
H
generation would pass to the next. People would also fly kites for other reasons, for
example, to attract the attention of a neighbouring village. This_ was done when a
N
meeting was required between Maori elders — a convenient method, indeed. And Q39
finally, when it comes to war, there are traditional stories that describe how when a
A
Maori warrior found himself surrounded by his enemies, a kite could actually
provide the possibility of escape— the kites were powerful enough to take a man up Q40
TH
into the air; and for this reason, they could also be used to lower him into enemy
fortifications so that an attack could begin from the inside.
Well, I’m happy to say there seems to be a revival and growing interest in
kite-making, and...
S
LT
IE
N
- priest (noun): giáo sĩ
A
Meaning: a person who is qualified to perform religious duties and ceremonies in
the Roman Catholic, Anglican and Orthodox Churches
LO
- handle (verb): giải quyết
Meaning: to solve
Meaning: one of the many soft light parts covering a bird’s body
N
- expedition (noun): hành trình
Meaning: an organized journey with a particular purpose, especially to find out
A
about a place that is not well known
LO
- warrior (noun): chiến binh, chiến sĩ
Meaning: a person who fights in a battle or war
Meaning: a tower, wall, gun position, etc. built to defend a place against attack
TH
N
Transcript
A
An interesting aspect of fireworks is that their history tells us a lot about the changing
LO
roles of scientists and technicians in Europe. Fireworks were introduced from China
in the 13th century. Up to the 16th century they were generally used for military
purposes, with rockets and fire tubes being thrown at the enemy, but they were also
sometimes a feature of plays and festivals where their chief purpose was related to
religion. H
By the 17th century, the rulers of Europe had started using fireworks as a way of
Q31
N
marking royal occasions. Technicians were employed to stage spectacular shows
which displayed aspects of nature, with representations of the sun, snow and rain. Q32
A
These shows were designed for the enjoyment of the nobility and to impress ordinary
people. But fireworks also aroused the interest of scientists, who started to think of
TH
new uses for them. After seeing one firework display where a model of a dragon was
propelled along a rope by rockets, scientists thought that in a similar way, humans
might be able to achieve flight - a dream of many scientists at the time. Other Q33
scientists, such as the chemist Robert Boyle, noticed how in displays one firework
S
might actually light another, and it occurred to him that fireworks might provide an
LT
different countries. This was reflected in attitudes towards fireworks and the purposes
for which they were used. In London in the middle of the 17th century there was
general distrust of fireworks among scientists. However, later in the century
scientists and technicians started to look at the practical purposes for which Q35
fireworks might be employed, such as using rockets to help sailors establish their
position at sea.
It was a different story in Russia, where the St Petersburg Academy of Science played
N
created the fireworks was given little attention. Instead, the fireworks and the
A
spectacle they created were all designed to encourage the public to believe in the
supreme authority of the king. However, science was also enormously popular Q37
LO
among the French nobility, and fashionable society flocked to demonstrations such
as Nicolas Lemery's display representing an erupting volcano. The purpose of
scientists was basically to offer entertainment to fashionable society, and Q38
academicians delighted in amazing audiences with demonstrations of the universal
laws of nature.
(pause)
H
N
In the course of the 18th century, the circulation of skills and technical exchange led
to further developments. Fireworks specialists from Italy began to travel around
A
Europe staging displays for many of the European courts. The architect and stage
designer Giovanni Servandoni composed grand displays in Paris, featuring
TH
As these specialists circulated around Europe, they sought to exploit the appeal of
LT
fireworks for a wider audience, including the growing middle classes. As in the
previous century, fireworks provided resources for demonstrating scientific laws
and theories, as well as new discoveries, and displays now showed a fascinated
IE
public the curious phenomenon of electricity. By the mid-18th century, fireworks Q40
were being sold for private consumption.
So the history of fireworks shows us the diverse relationships which existed between
scientists, technicians and the rest of society…
N
- arouse (verb): khơi gợi
A
Meaning: to make somebody have a particular feeling or attitude
LO
- patronage (noun): sự hỗ trợ
Meaning: the support, especially financial, that is given to a person or an
organization
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
Transcript
A
I’m going to talk today about research into a particular species of bird, the New
LO
Caledonian crow, whose natural habitat is small islands in the Pacific Ocean. And it
seems that these Crows are exceptionally resourceful.
Using sticks or other tools to find food isn’t unknown among birds and animals. Some
chimpanzees, for example, are known to bang nuts on stones, in order to break the
H
shell and get at the edible kernel inside. One New Caledonian crow, called Betty, bent
some straight wire into a hook and used it to lift a small bucket of her favourite food Q31
N
from a vertical pipe. This experiment was the first time she'd been presented with
wire, which makes it very impressive. Another crow, called Barney, has demonstrated
A
Caledonian crows a three-stage problem: if they wanted to extract food from a hole,
the crows first had to pull up a string to get a short stick, then use that short stick to Q32
remove a long stick from a toolbox, and finally use the long stick to reach the food.
Amazingly, they worked out how to do this successfully.
S
Further experiments carried out at Oxford suggest that crows can also use sticks as
LT
tools to inspect all sorts of objects, possibly to assess whether or not they present a
danger. The idea for the experiment came from observing the birds using tools to pick Q33
at random objects, such as a picture of a spider that was printed on some cloth. In this
IE
research, five pairs of crows — including Barney — underwent tests to see how they
would react to a variety of objects, which were carefully chosen so the birds wouldn't
be tempted to view them as a possible source of food. As a further precaution, all the
crows had been fed beforehand.
On eight occasions, a birds first contact was by using a tool. In all three trials, Barney
began by using a stick for inspection. One involved a rubber snake. First he Q34
approached it, but didn't touch it, then retreated to pick up a stick. He then prodded
N
the object — which is very different from using the tool to get access to food.
A
(pause)
So what conclusions can be drawn from the research? Evidence is building up from
LO
experiments such as these that the birds are able to plan their actions in advance,
which is very interesting for understanding their cognition. They don’t seem to be
responding in a pre-programmed sort of way: it may even be possible that they’re able
to view a problem and work out what the answer is. However, a major difficulty
H
intelligence. To some extent, this is related to the ecological circumstances in which
the animal is found.
Q36
N
So scientists want to find out much more about how the crows behave in their native
habitat, and a team from Exeter and Oxford universities is carrying out research in
A
New Caledonia. They're looking into whether the birds” way of searching for food
gives them any possible evolutionary advantage. The birds are hard to observe, as
TH
they live in a region of mountainous forest, so the researchers have attached tiny
cameras to the tails of some birds, as one method of investigating their behaviour. Q37
The birds are masters at using sticks to find their food, in particular beetle larvae from
the trees. It’s possible that the birds can derive so much energy from these grubs that Q38
S
they only need to cat a few each day. This would mean that they wouldn’t have to
LT
spend most of their waking time searching for food, as most animals do.
The beetle larvae have a distinct chemical make-up, which can be traced through the Q39
feathers and blood of birds that eat them. Scientists have collected samples from crows
IE
in order to estimate the proportion of larvae in their diet. They should then be able to Q40
gauge the extent to which individual birds depend on using sticks to feed themselves.
We've learnt a great deal about the ability of New Caledonian Crows to use tools, and
some very interesting research is being carried out into them.
N
- forage (noun): rơm, cỏ
A
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Exercise 1:
1. C
2. C
N
Transcript
A
John: Where shall we eat tonight?
LO
Sam: Well, there are plenty of options. The guide says this city has
hundreds of restaurants. What kind of food would you like to have,
John?
John: Well, I quite like seafood. There’s The Captain’s Table on Firth
Street. The guide gives it four stars.
H
Sam: I don’t know… The hotel receptionist told me the service is
N
slow. But if you like seafood, there are a couple more places in the
guide.
A
there are fantastic views as well. We’d probably pay a bit extra…
Joe’s Cafe is much cheaper. But we’re on holiday; I think we
should splash out!
John: That sounds great! Oh, no. Hold on. It’s closed tonight. What a
S
N
- splash out (phrasal verb): Dành tiền vào cái gì đó
A
Meaning: to spend a lot of money on something
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
5. A
6. B
Transcript
N
Tourist: Can I also ask you about the museum in the main square? I was reading
about it in my guide book and was shocked to see that the entrance price is
A
£10. Why does it cost so much?
Tourist office assistant: Well, the museum has the largest collection of Latin
LO
American art in Europe. People come from all over the world to see it. But that’s
not the reason why it’s so expensive to get in. You see, the building is very old
and it needs repairs. The £10 ticket cost will go towards repairing the roof and Q5
walls. H
Tourist: I see. Well, I suppose it’s worth paying £10 to see the collection.
TOA: Yes, I think so too. Is there anything else I can help you with?
N
Tourist: Actually, there is. I was wondering if you knew of any good restaurants
A
in the area.
TOA: Well, there are a few restaurants near the harbour, and a couple on the
TH
beach which are nice. The problem is that the smell of the fish market is quite
strong down there.
Tourist: Mm, I don’t think my girlfriend would be very pleased.
TOA: I I know what you mean - it’s not very romantic, is it? My advice would
S
be to go to the next town. It’s bigger, and the restaurant selection is wider. You Q6
can get there by taxi and it only takes about ten minutes. The town is quite
LT
N
- harbour (noun): bến tàu, cảng
A
Meaning: an area of water on the coast, protected from the open sea by strong walls,
where ships can shelter
LO
- romantic (adj): lãng mạn
Meaning: beautiful in a way that makes you think of love or feel strong emotions
H
- picturesque (adj): đẹp, gây ấn tượng mạnh (phong cảnh, người...)
Meaning: (of a place, building, scene, etc.) pretty, especially in a way that looks
N
old-fashioned
A
TH
S
LT
IE
1+2: A, B
Transcript
Lecturer: In Victorian times, the upper classes made up less than three per cent of the
entire population of Britain, yet this class held more than ninety per cent of the
N
country’s wealth. This shows the massive gap there was between rich and poor, a
gap which has shrunk considerably in the last century. Today we’re going to look
A
at the wide differences in family life between rich and poor in Victorian times. Let’s
LO
begin with the upper classes.
The upper classes of the Victorian period were generally the nobility or the
clergy. Most of their servants were very poorly paid, but were always Q1
accommodated within the homes of upper-class Victorian families, so they didn’t
H
have to pay for accommodation, food and often clothing.
The money which they did earn, they normally sent home to their families.
N
Many Victorian servants came from the countryside, where the effects of the
industrial revolution had resulted in job losses. Amongst these servants were
A
cooks, housemaids, stable hands, and butlers. The family would also employ a
nanny, who although employed by the family, was not traditionally seen as a
TH
servant. A nanny’s primary role was to care for the children. She was responsible for
teaching the children how to behave, looking after them when they were ill, and
instilling discipline into them. Nannies did not, however, educate the children.
Generally, children from wealthy families did not attend school outside the family
S
home. Tutors would come to the house to do this, and although occasion mothers Q2
LT
taught their children to read and fathers gave their children some instruction in Latin,
this was not a common occurrence.
IE
N
- nobility (noun) : tính cao quý, tính cao thượng, tính cao nhã, tính thanh cao
Meaning: people of high social position who have titles such as that of duke or
A
duchess
- clergy (noun): giới tăng lữ; tăng lữ
LO
Meaning: the priests or ministers of a religion, especially of the Christian Church
- servant (noun): người hầu, người đầy tớ, người ở
Meaning: a person who works in another person’s house, and cooks, cleans, etc. for
them H
- accommodation (noun): chỗ ăn chỗ ở
Meaning: a place to live, work or stay in
N
- revolution (noun): cuộc cách mạng
A
Meaning: a woman whose job is to take care of young children in the children’s own
home
- discipline (noun): kỷ luật
IE
Meaning: the practice of training people to obey rules and orders and punishing
them if they do not; the controlled behaviour or situation that results from this
training
1. B 3. A
2. B 4. B
Transcript
Reviewer: Welcome to the latest episode of Film Finest with me, Liz O’Donnell. The film
N
I’ll be reviewing in this episode are What Happens in the Night, the new horror film by
acclaimed director Jan de Neiburg, and Happy as Larry, a new romance comedy starring
A
Harrison Wyatt and Sonya Smith. Let’s start with What Happens in the Night, Set in a
convent school in the 1950s, this film tells the story of two boys who are haunted by
LO
apparitions of monks. The film has the feel of a comic book as it’s shot in black and white
with occasional shots of vivid colour. De Neiburg, the director, said he wanted some
elements to stand out and he has used colour to do it. I would say quite effectively. He claims
his inspiration for the film is his own experiences growing up in 1950s Liverpool. (Q1)
H
A believer in ghosts himself, he thought he saw ghosts in his school years. Ghosts or not, this
N
film is certainly haunting. What happens in the Night is a film that will scare you. I wouldn’t
say it’s the best horror film to come out this year, but it’s certainly shot beautifully,(Q2) and
A
it’s not hard to follow. So, unlike some recent horror films, you don’t have to sit in dedicated
concentration for two hours trying to keep up with a complex plot! An enjoyable film, I would
TH
best of friends. In fact, on the srt they barely spoke to each other! (Q3) I have to say, though,
LT
this doesn’t come across in the film and they look like a great couple. Happy as Larry is a
move away from the usual films Sonya makes - she is better known for her roles in action films
- but she has shown herself to be a capable comedy actress. However, I’m not sure this is the
finest film to do it in. Both men and women alike can get something from this film, but the
IE
romance angle is overplayed and the laughs are few and far between. If you want romance,
this film is fine,(Q4) but if you want comedy, I would recommend seeing something else. I
would give it three starts.
Now, there are some new video releases which are going to be coming out…
N
- convent (noun): nữ tu viện, nhà tu kín
A
Meaning: a building in which nuns (= members of a female religious community)
live together
LO
- haunt (verb): năng lui tới, hay lui tới (nơi nào, người nào)
Meaning: to continue to cause problems for somebody for a long time
H
- apparition (noun): sự hiện ra, sự xuất hiện
Meaning: a ghost or an image of a person who is dead
N
A
mind
LT
1. C 4. B
2. B 5. C
3. A
Transcript
N
Track 09
Right, let me give you a bit more information about the trip. The first part of our journey is
A
from London to Paris, going through the Channel Tunnel. It will take us just over an hour to
get to the Tunnel, including a short stop before we get there to pick up some more passengers.
LO
From there, it’ll be another three hours to Paris, so we’re looking at four hours
altogether,(Q1) give or take a few minutes.
A quick bit of advice about passports. You won’t need these until we get to the Italian
border, so I suggest you keep them in the safe which you’ll find in your cabin. Ask your
H
steward – that’s the person in charge of your carriage – for a key. (Q2) That way, you
N
won’t need to carry them with you all the time.
Now, meals. As I said earlier, breakfast tomorrow morning will be in your cabins, and this
A
will be served at about 7.30, 7.45, so you’ll be able to enjoy it as we travel along the
southern French coast. Lunch is at 1 o’clock in the restaurant car, and dinner is at 8 o’clock,
TH
although we’d like you all to be at your table about fifteen minutes earlier, at a quarter
to,(Q3) if you could.
When we get to the Italian border tomorrow morning, our train will change engines, and
we’ll also be getting a new crew. We’ll be taking advantage of the stop to have a look
S
around. I’ve arranged a visit to the local market, a museum and a castle. (Q4) This will take
about four hours, with a break for coffee in a local café, and we’ll be back on the train in time
LT
for lunch.
A few quick rules. Some of you might have bought your own food or drink on beard. That’s
fine, but could we ask that you consume it in your cabins and not in the restaurant or
IE
lounge? Could we also ask you to make sure your cabin windows are closed when you’re
not in your cabin? And whatever you do, don’t get off the train until we reach the Italian
border.(Q5) Apart from the border and one or two other places, which I’ll tell you about, any
stops we make will only be for a few minutes. I’d hate to leave anyone behind.
All right so, moving on from the Italian border, we’ll be heading… [fade]
N
- carriage (noun): sự chuyên chở hàng hoá; cước chuyên chở hàng hoá
A
Meaning: a separate section of a train for carrying passengers
LO
- serve (verb): phục vụ, phụng sự, phụ trách, đảm nhiệm
Meaning: to give somebody food or drink, for example at a restaurant or during a
meal
H
- crew (noun): toàn bộ thuỷ thủ trên tàu; toàn bộ người lái và nhân viên trên máy
bay
N
Meaning: all the people working on a ship, plane, etc.
A
1-2-3: B, C, F 5. C
4. C 6. A
Transcript
Guide: Thank you for coming along to the Cultural Sydney talk. I’m going to start by telling
you about the Yellow Plaque scheme, which has been running in Sydney for over forty years
N
and has been incredibly successful. When you are walking around the city, you'll see some
A
buildings with a small round yellow plaque on them. If you take a closer look, you'll see the
name and details of a famous person who lived in that very place. We have, at present, 130
LO
plaques up in the city. The scheme has been great for tourism, but it was really started to raise
awareness of the rich history of Sydney, both locally and nationally, and we think we've
managed to do this (Q1). We also wanted to make people aware of the impressive list of
important people who have lived in this city, and we've certainly achieved that (Q2). But
H
that's not all. Although not part of our original aims, the scheme has also helped preserve
some of the older and more important buildings in Sydney because people now know that
N
these buildings are a link to our past; some of the buildings are actually over 180 years old,
which, for Australia, is ancient! We actually think that this is where the scheme has
A
achieved the most success; in raising the profile of our rich history. (Q3) Of course, it has
helped tourism, but not only that, locals also walk around looking at the plaques. It has been
TH
really wonderful in highlighting our past. Some people are quite surprised to see who has
lived here; take Errol Flynn for example. He was married in Sydney. We are planning on
putting more plaques up and a common question is how can people nominate a figure to be
put on a plaque. It's quite a simple process. Applications can be downloaded from our
S
website. If you want to nominate someone for a plaque you just need the person's name,
LT
where they lived and you need three signatures to approve your application.(Q4) Our
panel then checks that all the data you've submitted is correct and hopefully, within a year a
new plaque will be erected. But you can't nominate just anyone! A plaque can only be given
IE
to a person who is famous and has achieved something out of the ordinary, like an important
politician or world-record breaking sportsman, for example. (Q5) We aim to have fifty new
plaques up within the next three years, and we have plenty of funding to do so. Our funding
comes from three sources: the local council, community donations and the tourist board.
Whereas in the past the tourist board put in the majority of funding, now public donations
count for sixty-five per cent of all total funds!(Q6) In fact, our funding is so healthy now; there
are plans to expand the scheme.
- impressive (adj): gây ấn tượng sâu sắc, gây xúc động, gợi cảm
Meaning: making you feel admiration, because they are very large, good, skilful,
N
etc.
A
- preserve (verb): bảo quản, giữ gìn
Meaning: to keep a particular quality, feature, etc.; to make sure that something is
LO
kept
- sportsman (noun): người thích thể thao, người ham mê thể thao; nhà thể thao,
người tham gia thể thao
Meaning: a man who plays a lot of sport, especially as a professional
IE
1-2-3: B, C, D
4-5-6: B, D, E
Transcript
Interviewer: So, we have Phyllis Bailey here to talk to us about fame. Her new book, Famous
N
for Fifteen Minutes is coming out on Monday. So Phyllis, welcome. What do you think fame
means to us these days?
A
Phyllis: Well, famous people are everywhere and although we know nearly all there is to know
LO
about these people - their lives are splashed all over magazines and television - they’ve
retained their myster. (Q1) The public are always eager to find our more about them
and this fuels the paparazzi to photograph them. It’s true that there are more celebrities
around than ever before,(Q2) but the number of really important famous people probably
H
hasn’t changed greatly. This is because people became famous for only a short time. (Q3)
Andy Warhol once famously said. ‘In the future, everyone will be famous for fifteen minutes’,
N
and I think there’s some truth in that. One day a person is famous and the next they are
A
forgotten. Take, for example, contestants on reality television shows. After maybe six months
we never see them again. This also highlights another characteristic of fame: in the past
TH
people became famous because of something they had done, or because of their talent.
Nowadays these things aren’t necessary. I personally think this is a great pity.
Phyllis: Well let’s look at the winners and losers when it comes to fame. Many people think
LT
that celebrities are the losers in this new media world, but that isn’t necessarily the case.
Take, for example, actors and actresses. They often complain about a lack of privacy, but
privacy is possible. There are many celebrities who aren’t constantly in the papers. Much as
IE
they complain, they chase the publicity and then blame it on the media. In fact, the
paparazzi, who photograph the rich and famous, are often seen as figures of hate for this.
They come off much worse in the end. because they are so disliked by the public and
celebrities. (Q4) But in reality, they are making the celebrities and their managers even
richer. In fact, because of the cult of fame nowadays, we can see media executives making
even more monev and celebrities
N
Interviewer: How could this be done? Are you …?
A
Vocabulary:
LO
- fame (noun): tiếng tăm, danh tiếng, tên tuổi
Meaning: the state of being known and talked about by many people
- retain (verb): ngăn, giữ lại H
Meaning: to keep something; to continue to have something
- mystery (noun): điều huyền bí, điều thần bí
N
Meaning: something that is difficult to understand or to explain
- eager (adj): ham, háo hức, hăm hở, thiết tha, hau háu
A
Meaning: very interested and excited by something that is going to happen or about
something that you want to do
TH
- complain (verb): kêu ca, kêu, phàn nàn, than phiền; oán trách
Meaning: to say that you are annoyed, unhappy or not satisfied about
somebody/something
- publicity (noun): sự công khai; sự làm cho thiên hạ biết đến
S
television, etc.
- blame (noun): sự khiển trách; lời trách mắng
Meaning: to think or say that somebody/something is responsible for something bad
IE
Transcript
Hello everyone and welcome to the Anglia Sculpture Park. Right, well, the idea behind the
N
sculpture park is that it’s a place where works of art such as large sculptures and
carvings can be displayed out of doors in a natural setting.
A
As you’ll have noticed when you drove here, most of the land around the park is farmland.
The park itself belonged to a family called the De Quincies, who had made a lot of money
LO
from manufacturing farm machinery, and who also owned substantial stretches of forest
land to the north of the park. They built a house in the centre of the park, not far from where
we’re standing now, (Q11) but this burnt down in 1980 and the De Quincies then sold the
land. H
The Anglia Sculpture Park isn’t the only one in the country; several of the London parks
sometimes display contemporary sculptures, and there are a couple of other
N
permanent sculptures parks in England. But we’ve unique in that some of our sculptures
A
were actually created for the sites they occupy here, (Q12) and we also show sculptures by a
wider range of artists than anywhere else in the country.
TH
For example, at present we have an exhibition by Joe Tremain, of what he calls ‘burnt’
sculptures. These are wood and stone sculptures that he’s carved and marked with fire to
illustrate the ferocity and intensity of the forces that have shaped our planet over millions
of years.(Q13) They look really dramatic in this rural setting.
S
To see some of the sculptures, you’ll need to follow the path alongside the Lower Lake. We
had to renovate this (Q14) after the lake overflowed it banks a couple of months ago and
LT
flooded the area. The water level’s back to normal now and you shouldn’t have any trouble,
the path’s very level underfoot.
You should be back at the Visitor Centre at about four o’clock. If you have time it’s worth
IE
taking a look at the Centre itself. It’s not possible to go upstairs at present as builders are
working there adding another floor,(Q15) but the rest’s well worth seeing. The architect
was Guy King. He was actually born in this part of England but he recently designed a
museum in Canada that won a prize for innovation in public buildings.
If you want to get something to eat when you get back, like a snack or a sandwich, the Terrace
Room is currently closed, but you can go to the kiosk and buy something, (Q16) then sit on
one of the chairs overlooking the Lower Lake and enjoy the view as you’re eating.
- sculpture (noun): nghệ thuật điêu khắc, nghệ thuật chạm trổ; bức tượng
Meaning: a work of art that is a solid figure or object made by carving or shaping
wood, stone, clay, metal, etc.
- carving (noun): nghệ thuật khắc, nghệ thuật tạc, nghệ thuật chạm
Meaning: an object or a pattern made by cutting away material from wood or stone
N
- farmland (noun): đất chăn nuôi, trồng trọt
A
Meaning: land that is used for farming
LO
- machinery (noun): máy móc, máy; thiết bị
Meaning: machines as a group, especially large ones
Meaning: lasting for a long time or for all time in the future; existing all the time
TH
11. C 13. A
12. B 14. B
Transcript
N
Good morning everyone. I hope you’re all feeling OK after the activities of the
A
last week or so. I know you’ve all been working very hard recently and we’ve
been exceptionally busy, especially with the wedding last weekend and the
LO
trade fair straight after that. And now we have only three days to prepare for
the birthday party this weekend. The events recently have gone extremely well Q11
and the hotel is beginning to get a very good reputation, so we need to keep
it up. At the moment, we don’t have exact numbers of guests and though we
H
usually only cater for groups of less than fifty, we will have quite a few more
than that. So - as I said - not sure of numbers but of course we won’t go over the
Q12
N
maximum of 100. But it’s likely that we will need all of you to work this weekend
so if any of you can’t, please let me know as soon as possible.
A
Right - so what time will the event start? Well the invitation says guests should
arrive between 7.30 and 7.45 but our experience is that there are always a few
TH
who like to arrive early so we’ll expect the first people at 7.15. As the numbers Q13
are quite large, this will certainly be the case. Food will be served at around
8.30 and then, depending on how long the meal takes, the entertainment will
start about two hours later. Now, for this, we were expecting a live band for the
S
occasion which is always fun, but apparently this has been cancelled due to
LT
illness. So - the hosts know someone who is a comedian who will be replacing Q14
the band. We had hoped that the resident magician who worked here through
the summer would be able to help out but they weren’t keen on that idea.
IE
N
based on what has happened in the past
A
- cater (verb): phục vụ cho, mua vui cho, giải trí cho
Meaning: to provide food and drinks for a social event
LO
- expect (verb): chờ đợi, trông đợi, mong ngóng, trông chờ, trông ngóng (ai đó, việc
gì đó)
Meaning: to think or believe that something will happen or that somebody will do
H
something
N
- comedian (noun): diễn viên kịch vui; người đóng kịch vui
A
Meaning: an entertainer who makes people laugh by telling jokes or funny stories
TH
- magician (noun): thuật sĩ,đạo sĩ, pháp sư; thầy phù thuỷ, ảo thuật gia
Meaning: a person who can do magic tricks
S
LT
IE
11-12: B, E
13-14: B, C
Transcript
N
Good morning - it’s great to see so many people here. Thank you all very much for
A
coming. Well, as you know, the community gardens at Hadley Park are really not
looking as good as they should, quite bad really, and although the local council has a
LO
budget to deal with some of the problems, we do need volunteers for other tasks. If
you don’t mind, I’m going to divide you into two groups. So, everyone on this side of
the room is Group A and the rest of you are Group B. So, Group A, there are a couple
of things we'd like you to help with. Um, first of all, don't worry about any litter or
H
empty bottles you see lying about - one of the local schools has offered to help out with
that as part of their own environmental project. The priority for you will be to give
N
us a hand with the new wooden fencing (Q11) it needs constructing a long parts of
the bicycle track, as there are parts which have now fallen down or broken - as I'm
A
sure you've seen. You've probably also noticed that some of the pathways that come
TH
from the bicycle track a quite narrow - and there are plans to make them wider - but
the council will be dealing with that later in the year and they've also promised to
produce some informational signs about the plants in the gardens. Hopefully they'll be
up in a few weeks time. The other thing we're doing is getting rid of some of the foreign
S
species that are growing in the gardens and putting back some native plants and trees.
So you'll be doing some digging for us and getting those into the ground (Q12) So
LT
Group A there's some items you'll need to bring along with you. I was going to say
‘raincoats’ but the forecast has changed so you can leave those at home. I’d
definitely recommend a strong pair of boots, (Q13) waterproof would be best; it's
IE
quite somebody at the moment, and your own gloves would also be advisable. (Q14)
Tools will be available - spades and hammers, that kind of thing. You just need to
make sure they go back in the trucks. And, there’s no need to worry about food and
drink as we’ll be supplying sandwiches and coffee possibly some biscuits, even!
- priority (noun): sự ưu thế (về cấp bậc); quyền ưu tiên, quyền được trước; sự ưu
tiên hàng đầu
N
Meaning: something that you think is more important than other things and should
be dealt with first
A
- fencing (noun): sự rào dậu
LO
Meaning: fences; wood, wire, or other material used for making fences
Meaning: that does not let water through or that cannot be damaged by water
TH
Meaning: a garden tool with a broad metal blade and a long handle, used for digging
LT
21. A 24. B
22. B 25. A
23. A 26. A
Transcript
N
Leo: Anna, I wanted to ask you about my marketing report. I’m not sure about it…
Anna: That’s OK, Leo. So what do you have to do?
A
Leo: Choose a product or service then compare two organisations that produce it. I’m
doing instant coffee.
LO
Anna: But haven’t you got a weekend job in a clothing store? Why didn’t you choose
clothing?
Leo: That was my first thought it’d give me some practical examples, but when I searched
for men’s clothing on the Internet there were hardly any articles. So then I looked for
H
coffee and I found there were tons.(Q21)
Anna: Yeah, there are so many brands on the market now. OK, so how much have you
N
actually written?
Leo: I’ve done part one, on economic and technological factors. I found some good data
A
on technological changes, how in Australia fewer people are buying instant coffee
TH
because of cheap coffee percolators that they can use to make real coffee at
home.(Q22)
Anna: But there’s also a movement away from drinking coffee…
Leo: ...switching to things like herbal teas instead because they think it’s healthier? But
S
that’s not really to do with technology, it’s more cultural. Anyway, for part two I’m
comparing two instant coffee companies, CoffeeNow and Shaffers, and I’ve made this
LT
table of products.
Anna: Right. Let’s see...so you’ve got the brand names, and prices and selling size, and
descriptions. OK, the table looks good, you’ll get marks for research there. Where
IE
N
Leo: OK. One thing I’m worried about it finding anything original to say.
Anna: Well, since this is your first marketing report, you’re not expected to go out and do
A
interviews and things to collect your own data, you’re just using published data. So
the analysis you do might not throw up anything that people didn’t throw before. But
LO
the focus is more on how you handle the data - I mean, you might take some like a
graph of sales directly from a website, but what makes your work original is the
perspective you provide by your interpretation of it.(Q25)
Leo: Oh. You know, it’s all so different from business studies assignments at school. It’s
H
really surprised me.
Anna: What, how much research you have to do?
N
Leo: I expected that. It’s more...I knew exactly what I had to do to get a good grade at
A
school - and I knew I’d be expected to go more deeply into things here, but I haven’t
got information on how the lecturer is going to grade my work (Q26) - what he’s
TH
looking for.
S
LT
IE
N
- percolator (noun): bình lọc; bình pha cà phê; máy chiết ngâm
Meaning: a pot for making coffee, in which boiling water is forced up a central tube
A
and then comes down again through the coffee
LO
- movement (noun): sự chuyển động, sự vận động, sự cử động, sự hoạt động
Meaning: an act of moving the body or part of the body
gợi ý
Meaning: a possible effect or result of an action or a decision
TH
9-10: B, D
Transcript
Lastly, an increasing number of people are choosing to live alone. The number
N
of people living alone in Britain has more than doubled in the last twenty years.
In 1990 just over four million people lived alone. Now this figure has reached 8.5
A
million, an incredibly rapid growth which has had enormous effects on the
traditional nuclear family. This number represents a great chunk of the
LO
population who either by choice or necessity, are outside the traditional family
unit. Some think that these changes may not help the community. In fact, there Q9
are many arguments that this rise in alternative household structures will create
a more isolationist and less community-based society, where close bonds
H
which are usually formed within the family have no place. Leaving aside whether
or not the housing even exists for this boom, an important factor which must be Q10
N
looked at is the disproportionate expense for those living on their own, By
A
this I mean, the burden of all costs is shouldered by one wage instead of two,
and of course one person is using the energy which could be shared between a
TH
- isolationist (adj): (chính trị) người theo chủ nghĩa biệt lập
Meaning: connected with the policy of not becoming involved in the affairs of other
countries or groups
N
- expense (noun): sự tiêu; phí tổn
A
Meaning: the money that you spend on something
LO
- burden (noun): gánh nặng
Meaning: a duty, responsibility, etc. that causes worry, difficulty or hard work
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
21. C 24. C
22. A 25. A
23. B
Transcript
N
Anna: Hi, Robert.
Robert: Hi. Sorry I’m late. I was just printing off some pages about food waste in Britain.
A
Anna: Do you want to include Britain in the presentation? I thought we were
concentrating on the USA?
LO
R: Well, it is a global problem, so I thought we ought to provide some statistics that
show that.
A: Fair enough. What did you find out?
R: Well, I was looking at a British study from 2013. It basically concluded that 12
H
billion pounds’ worth of food and drink was thrown away each year - all of it ending
up in landfill sites. Over eight million tons - and that wasn’t including packaging.
N
A: An incredible amount.
A
R: Yes, and they were only looking at what households threw away, so there’s no
information about restaurants and the catering industry. But one thing the study did
TH
investigate was the amount of milk and soft drinks that were wasted, (Q21) and I
think it was probably quite unique in that respect.
A: Interesting. You know. in the other European reports I’ve read - there’s one thing
they have in common when they talk about carbon dioxide emissions.
S
R: I know what you are going to say. They never refer to the fuel that farms and
factories require to produce the food, and the carbon dioxide that releases?
LT
A: Exactly. We could really cut down on carbon emissions if less food was supplied in
the first place. (Q22) To my mind, the reports talk too much about the carbon
dioxide produced by the trucks that deliver the fresh goods to the shops and take the
IE
waste away. They forget about one of the key causes of carbon dioxide.
R: Absolutely. If the reports are actually going to be useful to people, they need to be
more comprehensive.
A: Who do you mean by ‘people’?
R: Well, the government, industries...people making television programmes. Have you
seen any documentaries about food waste?
N
we say about the consequences of food waste. What do we want to concentrate on?
A: Well, I know some of the other presentations are looking at food and farming methods
A
and what they do to the environment, so I think we’ll avoid that. And the fact that in some
countries, people can’t afford the food grown on their own farms - that was covered last
LO
term.
R: OK. We don’t want to repeat stuff.
A: What concerns me above all else is that in a recession governments should be
encouraging business to find ways to cut costs. (Q24) Apparently supermarkets in the
H
USA lose about 11% of their fruit to waste. That’s throwing money away.
R: All right - we’ll focus on that problem. It should get the other’s attention, anyway. Now,
N
how do you want to begin the presentation? Let’s not start with statistics though because
A
N
- investigate (verb): điều tra nghiên cứu
A
Meaning: to carefully examine the facts of a situation, an event, a crime, etc. to find
out the truth about it or how it happened
LO
- comprehensive (adj): bao hàm toàn diện
Meaning: including all, or almost all, the items, details, facts, information, etc., that
may be concerned H
- consequence (noun): hậu quả, kết quả
N
Meaning: a result of something that has happened
A
Meaning: to give all your attention to something and not think about anything else
21. C 24. A
22. A 25. C
23. B 26. B
Transcript
N
Randhir: Hello - I’m Randhir Ghotra from the technologies department
Dave: Ah yes. Good. I’m Dave Hadley. Thanks for coming to see me.
A
R: That’s right. Um, I’m responsible for student admissions to the college and I use
a computer system to help process student enrolments and to do the time
LO
tabling. Bit it really doesn’t suit the way we work these days. It’s over ten years old
(Q21) and although it was fine when it was first introduced, it is just not good
enough now.
R: OK - what problems are you experiencing?
H
D: Well, 20 years ago, the college was quite small and we didn’t have the numbers of
students or tutors that we have now.
N
R: So the system can’t handle the increasing volumes…
A
D: Well, there’s a lot more data now and it sometimes seems the system has crashed
but, in fact, it just takes ages to go from one screen to the next.(Q22)
TH
from the technologies department to fix it, but they never seemed to have the time.
R: Hmm...are there any other issues with the system?
D: Well - I’ve been given extra responsibilities and so I have even less time to do
IE
the timetabling. If there was anything you could do, Randhir, to make the process
more efficient, that would be really helpful.
R: Well it sounds like you could do with an assistant but that’s obviously not possible,
so what about having an online system that students can use to do their
D: scheduling?
How would that work?
N
D: Well it’s January now and the new intake of students will be in September. We need to
start processing admissions - in the next few weeks really
A
R: Well it will take more than a few weeks. I’m afraid. As an initial estimate I think we’ll
be looking at April or May (Q26) to improve the existing system but for a new system it
LO
would take at least nine months. That would be October at the earliest.
Vocabulary: H
- admission (noun): sự nhận vào, sự thu nạp vào; sự kết nạp
N
Meaning: the act of accepting somebody into an institution, organization, etc.; the
right to enter a place or to join an institution or organization
A
Meaning: the act of officially joining a course, school, etc.; the number of people who
do this
- responsibility (noun): trách nhiệm; sự chịu trách nhiệm; bổn phận; nghĩa vụ
S
Meaning: a duty to deal with or take care of somebody/something, so that you may
LT
Meaning: a plan that lists all the work that you have to do and when you must do
each thing
21. B 24. C
22. A 25. B
23. A
Transcript
N
Tutor: Well James, I’ve had a look over your case study and for a first draft, it looks
A
promising.
James: I have to be honest, when you told us we had to write about a furniture company,
LO
it didn’t sound like the kind of thing that would interest me, but since then, I’ve
changed my mind.
Tutor: Why’s that?
James: Well, as you know, Furniture Rossi is an Australian company, still comparatively
H
small compared to some of the high street stores but it's got plans to expand into
foreign markets. So I chose it for that reason. It's going through a transition (Q21)
N
- it's a family-run business aiming to build a global brand.
Tutor: All right, and you've made that clear in your writing. One thing though that I think
A
you've overlooked is why Luca rossi started a furniture company here in Australia
TH
made furniture in Italy and he'd passed this skill on to Luca’s father, and well,
Lucas thought he'd like to continue the tradition.(Q22)
LT
Tutor: Yes, that was the motivation behind his decision. And what was it, do you think,
that gave Furniture Rossi a competitive edge over other furniture companies?
James: I wouldn't think it was price. It's always been at the higher end of the market, but
IE
according to my research, it was to do with the attitude of the employees (Q23) they
were really focused on giving good customer service.
Tutor: Yes, Luca Rossi insisted on that. Their promotional campaigns also emphasised the
fact that the would only came from Australian forests, but that was the case with
their rivals, too so it wouldn't have made them stand out. OK, we'll have a careful
look at the content of your case study in a minute, but i just want to make a general
comment first, before you start writing your second draft.
N
Tutor: Well at the end of term, you'll also be giving a presentation also on Furniture Rossi.
James: Yes, I haven't given it much thought yet.
A
Tutor: Understandably. But, while you're writing the case study, I'd recommend you think
about what kind of information would be suitable to use in your presentation.
LO
Remember - the last time you gave a presentation on a company, you spend a
considerable part of the time providing the audience with financial data, but they
probably needed to hear more about company strategy.
James: Yes, I did concentrate rather too much on the figures. (Q25) I’ll make sure there's a
H
balance this time.
Tutor: Good.
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
N
- expand (verb): mở rộng, trải ra
A
Meaning: to become greater in size, number or importance; to make something
greater in size, number or importance
LO
- craftsman (noun): thợ thủ công
Meaning: a skilled person, especially one who makes beautiful things by hand
H
- motivation (noun): sự thúc đẩy, động cơ thúc đẩy
Meaning: the reason why somebody does something or behaves in a particular way
N
- attitude (noun): thái độ, quan điểm
A
Meaning: the way that you think and feel about somebody/something; the way that
TH
you behave towards somebody/something that shows how you think and feel
21. B 24. A
22. C 25. C
23. B 26. C
Transcript
N
Karina: Hi, Mike. How’s it going?
A
Mike: Actually, I was up last night with an assignment so - yeah, I’m tired, but I guess
we’d better sort this presentation out.
LO
Karina: Well, we’ve done enough background reading, but I think we need to .
organise exactly what we’re going to say about biofuels during the presentation,
and the order.
Mike: I thought we could start by asking our audience what car engines were first
H
designed to run on - fossil fuels or biofuels.
Karina: Nice idea
N
Mike: Yes, when most people think about cars and fuel, they think about all the carbon
dioxide that’s produced, but they don’t realise that that wasn’t always the case.
A
Karina: You’re probably right. The earliest car engines ran on fuel made from corn and
TH
Mike: Yes. In fact, most biofuels are still based on ethanol. Actually, I’ve got some notes
here about the process of turning plant-matter into ethanol - the chemical reactions
LT
wrong, (Q22) and then the tutor might mark us down. I’d rather we focus on the
environmental issues.
Mike: Fair enough. So, um - the main plants that are used for biofuel production now are
sugar cane, corn…
Karina: And canola. Of all of them, canola is probably the least harmful because machines
that use it don’t produce as much carbon monoxide.
N
have created new problems.
Karina: Well, in the USA, I wouldn’t say that farmers are having problems - the biofuel
A
industry for them has turned out to be really profitable.
Mike: I think, though, that even in the USA, ethanol is still only used as an additive to
LO
gasoline, or petrol. The problem is that it still has to be transported by trucks or rail
because they haven’t built any pipelines to move it. (Q24) Once they do, it’ll be
cheaper and the industry might move forward.
Karina: That’ll have to happen one day. At least the government are in favour of biofuel
H
development.
Mike: Yes. But Brazil’s probably in the lead as far as biofuels are concerned - they’ve got
N
to the point where they don’t need to import any oil now.
A
Karina: Which is great, and the industry in Brazil employs a huge number of people, but is
it sustainable? I mean, as the population grows, and there are more vehicles on the
TH
roads and there’s more machinery, surely they can’t depend so much on sugar
cane? (Q25) At some point, there has to be a limit on how much land can be used
for sugar cane production - certainly if you want to preserve natural habitats and
native wildlife.
S
Mike: I think that whatever problems Brazil’s facing now - the same will be true for any
country - you have to weigh up the pros and cons.
LT
Karina: Well, we probably won’t see an increase in biofuel use - I mean, they won’t replace
fossil fuels until we can find ways to produce them cheaply and quickly and with
less cost to the environment.(Q26)
IE
Mike: ...making sure they require minimal energy to produce less than fossil fuels -
certainly when you’re filling up your car.
Karina: Exactly. And in a way that means they have to cost less than fossil fuels - certainly
when you’re filling up your car.
Mike: Yes, and whatever other kind of engines use fossil fuels at the moment.
N
- biofuel (noun): nhiên liệu sinh học
A
Meaning: fuel made from plant or animal sources and used in engines
LO
- peanut (noun): cây đậu phụng (cây lạc)
Meaning: a nut that grows underground in a thin shell
Meaning: the process of chemical change caused by the action of yeast or bacteria,
often changing sugar to alcohol
TH
- controversial (adj): có thể gây ra tranh luận, có thể bàn cãi được (vấn đề...)
Meaning: causing a lot of angry public discussion and disagreement
35-36: C , E
37-38: A , D
39-40: A , C
Transcript
N
Today, our number of weak-tie acquaintances has exploded due to the Internet -
to the phenomenon of online social networking. This is still a relatively new way of
A
communication - something that has a huge amount of potential – but also, as with any
LO
invention, it brings with it a new set of problems. Let’s start with the benefits. Without
question, online social networking allows us to pass on the latest news — to be Q35
up-to-date with local and global events- and for many, this information comes from
sources more trustworthy than local media. So, this is one clear point in favour of
H
online social networking. I know that it's also being used by students - as a means of
increasing their chances of success – in the way that lecture notes can be shared and
N
ideas discussed. I think, personally speaking, that we need some further research
before we can definitively say whether it helps or not. There’s also been a great
A
increase in the number of networking sites devoted to sharing advice on health issues
but there are as yet no studies to prove the reliability of that advice. Now, what we do
TH
have clear evidence for is that people are developing friendship and professional Q36
networks in a way that wasn’t possible before — the process is faster. I'm not talking
about quality here, but simply that they exist. And it's debatable whether the number of
online friends that you have increases your level of self-confidence — that's perhaps
S
Turning to the problems, there are any number of articles connecting online activity to
falling levels of physical fitness – but it’s too easy to blame the Internet for our social
problems. The poor grades of school children are also frequently linked to the time
IE
spent on social networking sites, but it would be naive to believe there are no other
contributing factors. One real concern, however, is the increase in the amount of
fraud. Where for example, people are using the personal data of others, which they’ve
put online, for criminal purposes. This kind of activity seems likely to continue. And Q37
then, certainly for employers, online social networking sites have provided a great
time-wasting opportunity – reducing productivity like never before, and I doubt Q38
they can put a stop to this habit, no matter what restrictions are in place.
N
people — if their only experience of forming relationships is online — this doesn't Q40
allow them to form the ability or acquire the strategies for maintaining relationships,
A
for example, in situations where negotiation or diplomacy is required, or where
it's essential for ...
LO
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
- explode (verb): đập tan, làm tiêu tan (lý tưởng, ảo tưởng...)
Meaning: to burst or make something burst loudly and violently, causing damage
N
- phenomenon (noun): hiện tượng
Meaning: a fact or an event in nature or society, especially one that is not fully
A
understood
LO
- fraud (noun): sự gian lận, sự gian trá; sự lừa lọc, sự lừa gạt
Meaning: the crime of cheating somebody in order to get money or goods illegally
Meaning: the rate at which a worker, a company or a country produces goods, and
the amount produced, compared with how much time, work and money is needed to
TH
produce them
- interaction (noun): sự ảnh hưởng lẫn nhau, sự tác động với nhau, sự tương tác
LT
Meaning: the act of communicating with somebody, especially while you work, play
or spend time with them
IE
- negotiation (noun): sự điều đình, sự đàm phán, sự thương lượng, sự dàn xếp
Meaning: formal discussion between people who are trying to reach an agreement
- diplomacy (noun): thuật ngoại giao; ngành ngoại giao; khoa ngoại giao
Meaning: the activity of managing relations between different countries; the skill in
doing this
Exercise 1:
1. A 3. D
2. C 4. B
N
Transcript
A
Customer: So, what are the differences between these four hotels?
LO
Travel agent: Well the main difference is in the facilities they offer. The Hotel Q1
Sunshine is the only one which has a gym and it’s also got one of the top health
spas in the area. It’s next to a lake so you can do water sports there. But if you
really like sailing or water skiing, then the Highland Hotel would probably be the Q2
H
best place because it offers great instruction programmes in these sports.
N
Customer: Actually, I’m not a sporty person.
A
Travel agent: OK. Well, what about the Hotel Carminia? It’s a brand new hotel, Q3
TH
and it prides itself on its cinema and multimedia centre. And then there’s The
Royal. This one has a conference room, a meeting room, and free computer Q4
access, but it’s not really appropriate for children; there’s not much in the way
of entertainment.
S
Customer: Well, I’m going on holiday, not to work, and it’s just my wife and me
LT
- facility (noun): ( số nhiều) điều kiện dễ dàng, điều kiện thuận lợi; phương tiện dễ
dàng
Meaning: buildings, services, equipment, etc. that are provided for a particular
purpose
N
Meaning: detailed information on how to do or use something
A
- pride (noun): sự kiêu hãnh, sự hãnh diện; niềm kiêu hãnh, niềm hãnh diện, thể
diện
LO
Meaning: a feeling of pleasure or satisfaction that you get when you or people who
are connected with you have done something well or own something that other
people admire
Meaning: a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people
with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views
7. D 9. C
8. A 10. B
Transcript
N
TOA: Well, I know about a few of them, and there are pictures in this leaflet here.
A
This one here is lovely - the Belleview - and it’s extremely popular. It has a Q7
famous chef, so it’s not cheap, but the standard of the food is very high, It’s right
LO
by the sea and there are wonderful views if you get a good table. Then there’s
The Lighthouse Cafe - you can see the picture here - which isn’t really a cafe at
all. In fact, it’s a great restaurant and a lot of TV celebrities and actors eat there. Q8
The place has been going for over a hundred years! It’s quite an institution
around here .
H
N
Tourist: Mm. I’m not sure about those two - they sound too expensive to me. I was
thinking of somewhere small, not too up-market, but with good food.
A
TOA: In that case what about Harvey’s? The same family has run this restaurant Q9
TH
for over a century, and it’s reasonably priced and really popular with local
people. And there’s another family-run restaurant, Stonecroft House. New Q10
owners took over a month ago and they’re getting good reviews. There’s a new
chef there and the food is meant to be very good. This leaflet has the contact
S
details for all the restaurants so you can just call them if you’d like to book a
LT
table.
N
- reasonably (adv): hợp lý
A
Meaning: to a degree that is fairly good but not very good
LO
- leaflet (noun): tờ quảng cáo rời
Meaning: a printed sheet of paper or a few printed pages that are given free to
advertise or give information about something
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
4. C
5. B
6. A
Transcript
N
A
Now we ourselves have done a little reorganisation over the last year to
maximise our productivity. We’ve thought long and hard about the best
LO
location for the Marketing Department as this is the key to facilitating our
future business. Although Perth has a large number of marketing companies, Q4
which enables us to learn from our competitors, it’s Melbourne that’s the
gateway to international connections, and therefore we’re decided to move all
H
marketing operations there.
In terms of professional development, we wanted to optimise the training
N
programmes available to our staff because training is vital if we want to remain
competitive. As a result, staff training will no longer be here in Sydney but Q5
A
instead will take place in the Perth office, where new facilities have been
TH
installed.
Finally, we’ve looked at how to optimise our back office administrative
functions. Currently, each office has it’s own admin department. However, this Q6
is proving to be less efficient than we would like. In order to resolve this
S
N
the amount produced, compared with how much time, work and money is needed to
produce them
A
- competitor (noun): người cạnh tranh; đấu thủ, đối thủ
LO
Meaning: a person or an organization that competes against others, especially in
business
7. D 9. B
8. A 10. E
Transcript
N
Guide: At the moment, we only have yellow plaques for all the famous people,
but we are aiming to produce different coloured plaques so that people can do
A
specific walks. For example, if they are interested in famous sports personalities Q7
LO
they can do a tour following the red plaques - the colour we are aiming to use for
these people. We are looking at introducing grey, white and green plaques as
well. We are thinking of using grey plaques to signify people who have done Q8
important work within the government and white plaques for those who have Q9
H
done good works in the community. Lastly, our green plaques we think will be
very popular, these will be for painters and sculptors, leaving our yellow ones
Q10
N
for writers, actors and other people of note. We do hope you enjoy looking at the
plaques around the city. We have guide books on sale in the gift shop where you
A
Vocabulary:
Meaning: a flat piece of stone, metal, etc., usually with a name and dates on,
LT
18. E
19. C
20. B
Transcript
N
So before I leave you all to start your tour, I’ve just got a few tips. There are a large
A
number of attractions and you may not have time to see them all. Of course, there are
the old favourites like the Aquarium and the Crocodile Cave but if you don’t have
LO
time to see everything make sure you visit Turtle Town, which is beyond the Aquarium Q18
and the Seal Centre. This is very special and has a large number of endangered
species, and as it’s at the far corner of the Sea Life Centre it often gets overlooked. I
also have to apologise for the Penguin Park. This has needed some urgent work to be Q19
H
done and so will not be open for the next week. We are very sorry about this but I’m
sure you’ll find the Seal Centre which is directly opposite it will keep you entertained
N
just as much - if not more!
We’re also very busy today as you may have noticed on your way in. Everyone starts
A
here at the Aquarium but as it’s so big, there’s no waiting to get in. But today we’re
expecting a lot of people to want to see the Crocodile Cave as a couple of eggs have Q20
TH
hatched out. So expect delays there and, if you like, move on to the Seal Centre first
and then go back when things are quieter, towards the end of the day.
So I’ll leave you now but if you have any questions I won’t be far away and have a
S
- attraction (noun): sự thu hút, sự hấp dẫn, sự lôi cuốn; sức hấp dẫn, sức lôi cuốn
Meaning: an interesting or enjoyable place to go or thing to do
- Aquarium (noun): khu công viên có bể nuôi (cá, loài thuỷ sinh); nơi trưng bày bể
nuôi (cá, loài thuỷ sinh)
Meaning: a large glass container in which fish and other water creatures and plants
N
are kept
A
- endanger (adj): gây nguy hiểm
Meaning: to put somebody/something in a situation in which they could be harmed
LO
or damaged
15. C
16. E
17. A
Transcript
N
A
So I’d like to go through who’s doing what when the guests arrive and I think
we’ll make a few changes from the last party held here. If I remember correctly,
LO
it was Olav who co-ordinated the task of providing the guests with drinks or was
it Ahmed? (checking) Um, I’m not sure - but Gary asked to do it this time - so that Q15
will be his job. There’s been no decision yet on what the drinks are going to be
but I hope they decide soon in case we need to order something special. Now - for
H
receiving the guests’ coats and hats, it’s important we have someone experienced
doing this as we don’t want guests losing their belongings. And Monica, last time Q16
N
this was your responsibility. Susan, I know you wanted to do this but as the
numbers are quite high for this event I won’t make a change here. Right - now last
A
time there was some confusion as to where guests were supposed to go once they
had deposited their things and we had guests roaming around the whole hotel. So
TH
Ahmed and Olav - I believe you discussed the problems with Susan and thought Q17
she would be good at guiding guests after they had arrived - and I’m fine with
that.
S
LT
IE
N
buildings
A
- responsibility (noun): trách nhiệm; sự chịu trách nhiệm; bổn phận; nghĩa vụ
Meaning: a duty to deal with or take care of somebody/something, so that you may
LO
be blamed if something goes wrong
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
16. B 19. C
17. A 20. A
18. C
Transcript
N
OK, let me tell you a little bit about the different tracks we have here. All of them
A
start at the end of Mountain Road - and you’ll find a parking lot there where you
can leave your vehicles. Let's start with North Point track. It's a gentle route
LO
through lowland forests - good for biking and probably the one for you if you
have small children. There's a wooden hut where you can stay at the end of the
track but be aware that it's really just an overnight shelter, and you'll need to Q16
take your own sleeping bags and cooking equipment. Another option is the Silver
H
River track. As the name suggests, you'd be following the river for most of the
way and you get to see some of our beautiful native birds but the track also goes
N
through a densely forested area. Unfortunately the signposting isn't very good Q17
A
in places and you do need a good map reading skills to avoid becoming
disoriented, which happens to visitors a little too frequently, I'm afraid. Valley
TH
crossing will take you through some stunning scenery but there are several
points along the way where you'll need the level of fitness required to get over Q18
some pretty big rocks. Stonebridge is one of the shorter tracks, but very steep as
it takes you up to the waterfall and you do need to be in good condition to Q19
S
manage it. lastly the Henderson Ridge track will take you all the way to the
summit of the mountain. Do bear in mind, though, that at this time of year the
LT
weather is very changeable and if the clouds suddenly descends, it's all too easy Q20
to wander off the track. It's best to check with us for a weather report on the
morning you think you want to go. On the way to the summit, there's a hotel
IE
which provides comfortable rooms and quality meals, so it's worth climbing
all...
N
another, such as a car or lorry/truck
A
- route (noun): tuyến đường; lộ trình; đường đi
Meaning: a way that you follow to get from one place to another
LO
- shelter (noun): sự nương tựa, sự che chở, sự ẩn náu
Meaning: the fact of having a place to live or stay, considered as a basic human need
- stunning (adj): tuyệt vời; lộng lẫy; gây ấn tượng sâu sắc
TH
- descend (verb): xuống, dốc xuống, rơi xuống, lăn xuống, đi xuống, tụt xuống...
Meaning: to come or go down from a higher to a lower level
S
LT
IE
16. C 19. G
17. D 20. E
18. F
Transcript
N
OK, moving on. Unfortunately, there’s been an increase in the number of minor
crimes and anti-social behavior in the general area and I want to talk about some
A
specific prevention measures that are being proposed. First of all, the skate park. As
LO
you probably know, it's well used by younger people in our community but
unfortunately we're getting more and more reports of broken glass - making it
especially dangerous for younger children. One possible solution here is to get rid of
some of the trees and bushes around the park - making it more visible to passersby Q16
H
and vehicles if the Vandals know they're being watched, this might act as a
deterrent. As you will have heard a couple of local primary schools have also been
N
vandalized recently - despite the presence of security guards. The schools don't have
the funds for video surveillance - so we need people in the neighborhood to call their
A
nearest police station and report any suspicious activity immediately. Please don't Q17
hesitate to do this. I expect most of you are familiar with the problems facing
TH
Abbotsford Street. It seems that no amount of warning signs or speed cameras will
slow speeding drivers down. I’m happy to say, however, that the council have
agreed to begin work over the next few months to put in a new roundabout. What Q18
else? Oh, yes. The newsagent and the gift shop on Victoria Street were both broken
S
into last week, and although no money was taken, the properties have suffered some
LT
serious damage. Access was gained to the shops through the small alleyway at the
back of the properties - it's dark and as you can imagine, no one saw the thief or
thieves in action. So, we've been advising shop owners along there about what kind
IE
of video recording equipment they can have put in - we’ll then be able to get evidence Q19
of any criminal activity on film. The supermarket car park is also on our list of
problem areas we've talked to the supermarket managers and council authorities
and we've advised them to get graffiti cleaned off immediately and get the smashed
lights replaced. If you don't deal with this sort of thing at once, there's a strong Q20
possibility that the activity will increase and spread, and then it becomes...
- visible (adj): hữu hình, thấy được, có thể nhìn thấy, có thể thấy; trong tầm mắt
Meaning: that can be seen
N
- deterrent (adj): để ngăn cản, để ngăn chặn, để cản trở
Meaning: making somebody less likely to do something
A
- surveillance (noun): sự giám sát; sự theo dõi cẩn thận
LO
Meaning: the act of carefully watching a person suspected of a crime or a place
where a crime may be committed
- roundabout (noun): theo đường vòng (không đi theo con đường ngắn nhất)
H
Meaning: a place where two or more roads meet, forming a circle that all traffic
must go around in the same direction
N
- property (noun): tài sản, của cải, vật sở hữu, người giàu có
A
- graffiti (noun): (nghệ thuật) nghệ thuật grafitô (trang trí bằng cách cạo thạch cao
cho lộ mặt dưới có màu khác)
Meaning: drawings or writing on a wall, etc. in a public place
S
LT
IE
4. A
5. D
6. C
Transcript
N
A
Moving on to the second point - how changes within a country can have as
much or more of an effect then those outside the country. Various parts of New
LO
York have changed radically in their ethnic make-up over the last 200 years:
communities became wealthier, governments introduced new laws, and
employment opportunities came and went. These factors affect where people
choose to live or force them to move to somewhere different. For example, most
H
people think that the population has changed in Manhattan due to the rise of its
importance as a financial trade centre, which is true to some extent. But like Q4
N
the Ellis Island example, a change in politics, namely a change of mayor,
allowed the city to boom as a financial centre, and this resulted in different
A
types of people moving to the area. Brooklyn is an interesting example, too and
TH
we’ll be looking at it as our case study later in the lecture. Whereas it used to
be a predominantly working class area of the city and therefore attracted
unskilled migrant workers, nowadays its fame as a centre for up-and-coming Q5
artists and musicians means it has attracted a new and much more diverse
S
means that the number of airline staff living in the area has dramatically Q6
increased and changed the nature of the local population.
IE
- force (verb): Dùng vũ lực đối với, bức hiếp, ép buộc, cưỡng ép, bắt buộc
Meaning: violent physical action used to obtain or achieve something
N
- politics (noun): Hoạt động chính trị, công việc chính trị, đời sống chính trị
Meaning: the activities involved in getting and using power in public life, and being
A
able to influence decisions that affect a country or a society
LO
- mayor (noun): Thị trưởng
Meaning: the head of a town, borough or county council, chosen by other members
of the council to represent them at official ceremonies, etc.
Meaning: a person who moves from one place to another, especially in order to find
TH
work
S
LT
IE
26. G 29. C
27. A 30. E
28. D
Transcript
N
Robert: OK, shall we now have a look at the projects that different researchers and
A
organisation are working on?
Anna: For me, the project I really liked was the one at Tufts University - you know,
LO
where they’ve invented tiny edible patches to stick on fresh foods that show
you what level of bacteria is present, and so whether you can still eat it.
Robert: It’s a great idea as it tells you if you need to hurry up and eat the food before
it goes off. The other good thing about the patches is that apparently they’ll be
H Q26
cheap to manufacture.
Anna: Good. Then the other thing I thought was great was the Massachusetts
N
Institute of Technology project.
A
ethylene. Ethylene is the natural plant hormone in fruit that makes them turn
ripe, apparently. The researchers think that they can attach the sensors to
cardboard boxes - and then supermarkets can scan the sensors with a
portable device to see how ripe the fruit inside is. That’s got to be a quicker
S
way to check for ripeness than taking each box off the shelf and opening it. Q27
Robert: Definitely. And I thought that Lean Path was worth mentioning, too. Their
LT
waste tracking technology means that caterers can see how much food is
being wasted and why. That’ll increase profits for them eventually. Q28
Anna: Yes. And did you read about Zero PerCent? They’ve produced this
IE
N
of food waste ourselves, rather than relying on the government to sort it out.
A
Having said that, not everyone has a garden so...
LO
Vocabulary:
Meaning: the simplest and smallest forms of life. Bacteria exist in large numbers in
TH
air, water and soil, and also in living and dead creatures and plants, and are often
a cause of disease.
- sensor (noun): (kỹ thuật), (vật lý) phần tử nhạy; cái cảm biến
Meaning: a device that can react to light, heat, pressure, etc. in order to make a
S
21. E 25. B
22. I 26. D
23. C 27. A
24. G
Transcript
N
Tutor: Right Stewart, well I’ve read your draft report on your work placement at the
A
Central Museum Association. Sounds as if you had an interesting time. So you
ended up making a film for them?
LO
Stewart: Yeah. It was a film to train the employees in different museums in the
techniques they should use for labelling ancient objects without damaging
them. Some of them are really fragile.
Tutor: OK. So in your report you go through the main stages in making the film. Let’s
H
discuss that in a little more detail. You had to find a location - somewhere to
N
shoot the film.
Stewart: That took quite a few days, because I had to look at different museums all over
A
the country, but I’d allowed time for it. And even though it was the middle of
winter, there wasn’t any snow, so I didn’t have any transport problems. Q21
TH
Tutor: Right. Did you have to decide what equipment you’d need for the filming?
Stewart: Yes. I think they were quite surprised at how well I managed that. It was just
the luck of the draw actually, I’d done that project with you last year … Q22
Tutor: Oh, on recording technology? So you knew a bit about it from that, right.
S
Stewart: Yeah. What I found really hard was actually writing the script. I had a Q23
LT
deadline for that but the Association had to extend it. I couldn’t have done it
otherwise.
Tutor: Would it have helped if you’d had some training there?
Stewart:
IE
N
lot from it.
Tutor: And then the editing?
A
Stewart: For that, the Association put me in touch with someone who works for one of Q26
the big movie companies and I went down to the studio and sat with him in
LO
front of his computer for a day, learning how to cut and paste, and deal with
the soundtrack and so on.
Tutor: So was that all?
Stewart: No, I didn’t include this in my draft report but I had to design the cover for
H
the DVD as well… the lettering and everything.
N
Tutor: Have you done any of that sort of design work before?
Stewart: No, but I did a rough draft and then talked it through with a couple of my Q27
A
mates and they gave me some more ideas, and when I’d finished it, I showed
it to the people who worked at the Association and they really liked it.
TH
Tutor: Excellent.
S
LT
IE
- fragile (adj): dễ vỡ, dễ gãy, dễ hỏng; mỏng mảnh, mỏng manh ( (nghĩa đen) &
(nghĩa bóng))
Meaning: easily broken or damaged
N
- informative (adj): cung cấp nhiều tin tức, có nhiều tài liệu
A
Meaning: giving useful information
LO
- soundtrack (noun): rãnh âm thanh
Meaning: some of the music, and sometimes some speech, from a film/movie or
musical that is released on CD, the Internet, etc. for people to buy
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
4. D 6. B
5. C 7. A
Transcript
N
Emma: So, I think we’d better start planning what we’re going to do for our group
A
project. Have you guys had any ideas?
Tom: I was thinking we should do something on extreme weather events, but I
LO
think Alex had some different ideas.
Alex: Yes, maybe we should look into more localised weather conditions and the
effects on the immediate environment.
Emma: That's a good idea, Alex, but I don't think we'd be able to get much data on
H
that, and we don't really have time to do our own research. What about
doing something about the seasons?
N
Tom: I think the seasons might be a bit too wide-reaching, you know, when we
A
Tom?
Tom: I don't fancy doing them, but I wouldn't mind doing something on floods.
(Q5) They're linked to monsoons, I think, so it will be an easy transition.
What do you fancy doing, Alex?
Alex: Well, I could always cover winds.
N
Tom: That sounds great. I was thinking about doing cyclones, but I'm happy for
A
you to do them
LO
Vocabulary:
Meaning: a period of heavy rain in summer in Asia; the rain that falls during this
period
TH
Transcript
N
STUDENT 2: You say you’re building models of the world’s ocean systems but
how’re they going to be used, and more importantly, when?
A
SIMO: Some of the data has already helped in completing projects. For example, Q26
our understanding of the underlying causes of El Nino events is being confirmed
LO
by float data. Another way we’re using float data is to help us to understand the
mechanics of climate change, like global warming and ozone depletion. That’s Q27
part of an ongoing variability study but the results are still a long way off.
However, this is not the case with our ocean weather forecasting. Because we
H
know from the floats what the prevailing weather conditions will be in certain
parts of the ocean, we can advise the navy on search and rescue missions. Q28
N
That’s happening right now and many yachtsmen owe their lives to the success
A
of this project. In addition, the float data can help us to look at the biological
implications of ocean processes.
TH
STUDENT 2: It sounds like the data from floats has lots of applications.
SIMON: Yes it does. It’s also a powerful agricultural tool. If we were aware of
LT
what the weather would be like, say, next year, we could make sure that the
farmers planted appropriate grain varieties to produce the best yield from the
available rainfall.
IE
STUDENT 1: That sounds a bit like science fiction, especially when now we can’t
even tell them when a drought will break.
SIMON: I agree that this concept is still a long way in the future, but it will come Q30
eventually and the float data will have made a contribution.
N
- variability : tính biến động
A
Meaning: the fact of something being likely to vary
LO
- prevailing (adj): đang thịnh hành, phổ biến khắp, rất thông dụng (đồ vật..);
thường thổi trong một khu vực (gió)
Meaning: existing or most common at a particular time
Meaning: an important official job that a person or group of people is given to do,
especially when they are sent to another country
- implication (noun): sự lôi kéo vào; sự liên can, sự dính líu; ẩn ý, điều ngụ ý; điều
gợi ý
Meaning: a possible effect or result of an action or a decision
IE
23. A 25. A
24. B 26. C
Transcript
JULIE: Remind me, Trevor … how long is the presentation?
N
TREVOR: Dr White said three per hour.
JULIE: So about twenty minutes?
A
TREVOR: Well. . . it'll be fifteen minutes per presentation.
JULIE: And five minutes for questions.
LO
Q21
TREVOR: And is this one going to be assessed? Q22
JULIE: No ... not this time round ... because it's the first one ... you know.
TREVOR: Good news.
JULIE: Well, Trevor, what are we going to include?
H
TREVOR: Well... Do you think we ought to give some historical background?
N
JULIE: Oh no ... definitely not... we won't have time!
TREVOR: OK ... but I think we ought to say something about the geographical Q23
A
location ... cos not a lot of people know where the islands are ...
JULIE: Yes ... OK ... I'll take notes, shall I?
TH
TREVOR: Look ... let's think about that one later shall we? Let's see how we're doing
for time . . .
JULIE: OK ... so ... general overview of education Q25
TREVOR: Of course ... and then the role of English language ... Q26
JULIE: Nope ... that goes in the Language Policy Seminar . . . don't you
remember?
Vocabulary:
N
- assess (verb): Định giá (tài sản, hoa lợi...) để đánh thuế; đánh giá; ước định
Meaning: to make a judgement about the nature or quality of somebody/something
A
- geographical (adj): địa lý
LO
Meaning: connected with the way in which the physical features of a place are
arranged
- economy (noun): Sự quản lý kinh tế; nền kinh tế; tổ chức kinh tế
H
Meaning: the relationship between production, trade and the supply of money in a
particular country or region
N
- influence (verb): Ảnh hưởng, chi phối, tác động
A
Meaning: the effect that somebody/something has on the way a person thinks or
TH
Exercise 1:
1. Environment 3. Extreme
2. Extinction 4. Tooth
N
Transcript
A
Good morning everyone. My name is Paul and I’m a paleontologist. Now when
LO
most people hear that, they immediately get an image of an old professor studying
dried-up dinosaur bones or else they think of a great adventure from the movies!
Well, I’m neither. But I would like to talk to you today about how I came to be a
paleontologist and the reason I believe it is an important job. All my life, my main
H
interest has been the environment. So I actually started out as an ecology
student. As a part of my degree course, I had to do a compulsory unit on
Q1
N
extinction and a lecturer visiting from another university gave us a talk on Q2
Australia’s extinct animals. One of the animals he talked about was called the
A
becoming part of the fossil record, which is what we call the preserved remains
of animals and plants that we find. And I was fascinated. So fascinated that I
immediately changed courses.
But paleontology isn’t all easy going. The very first field trip I want on was pretty
S
awful and we didn’t find anything! We went to an outback fossil site and we were
LT
digging in extreme conditions. I’ve learned since then that that’s pretty standard Q3
for work like this. But to make matters worse, after five days, I’d found nothing. I
was getting really disheartened and I was starting to regret my decision, when
IE
on the last day of the trip. I was digging into the bank of an ancient dried-up
riverbed and I found a funny-looking piece of rock. Inside it was a tooth from a
giant kangaroo. Finding that one fossil made me realise that this was a field I Q4
really wanted to continue working in.
N
organisms and their environment, including other organisms.
A
- extinction (noun): sự tuyệt chủng
Meaning: the disappearance
LO
- wombat (noun): chuột túi
Meaning: any of several stocky, burrowing, herbivorous marsupials of the family
Vombatidae, of Australia, about the size of a badger
H
- ancestor (noun): tổ tiên
N
Meaning: person from whom one is descended
A
Transcript
N
Lecturer: The subject of this series of lectures is horology, the science of
A
measuring time, and we’ll be looking at a few basic concepts in this lecture.
The measurement of time has come a long way since ancient times. It began with
LO
such devices as the sundial, where the position of the sun’s shadow marked the
hour. Daylight was divided into twelve “temporary hours” - these temporary Q31
hours were longer in the summer and shorter in the winter, simply because the
amount of daylight changes with the seasons.
H
The earliest sundial we know comes from Egypt. It was made of stone and is
thought to date from 1500 BC. Sundials were used throughout the classical
Q32
N
world, and with time, involved into more elaborate devices that could take into
account seasonal changes and geographical positioning and reflect the hours Q33
A
accurately, no matter what the time of year. This was quite an achievement in
technology. Today, sundials can be seen as decorative pieces in many gardens. Q34
TH
S
LT
IE
N
- daylight (noun): thời gian ban ngày
A
Meaning: the period of day; daytime.
LO
- involve into (verb): liên quan đến
Meaning: to include as a necessary circumstance, condition
Transcript
N
Chief Executive
A
Office: So what does all this mean for the future? Well, after ten years, I’ve
decided that Benchmark needs a new vision for the future. I think it’s time for
LO
us to divide up parts of the business into smaller units. Therefore, over the next
five years I aim to set up two small subsidiary (Q1) companies in order to focus Q1
on international expansion in Europe and Asia. There are many organisations
in emerging markets which could benefit from our experience and skills. Which
H
leads me to the next point for future development that of increasing our
workforce. It’s become clear that all our departments are understaffed, so
N
we’ll be taking on more employees (Q2) over the next year. And the really good Q2
A
news is that to make us a desirable employer, all positions, current and future,
will receive a salary increase of ten per cent (Q3). Lastly, I know that some Q3
TH
people are worried about the financial aspects of having to move to another city
as part of the restructure, so Benchmark will be provide a relocation package
(Q4) to all employees this affected. This is because we would like you all to
remain with the company for the foreseeable future.
S
LT
IE
N
- understaffed (adjective): thiếu nhân lực
Meaning: having an insufficient number of personnel
A
- restructure (noun): tái cấu trúc
LO
Meaning: the act or an instance of restructuring
Transcript
N
Melanie: Welcome to this fire evacuation talk everyone. I’m Melanie Brookes, the
fire safety manager here at Techbase, and my office is on the fourth floor if you
A
ever need to find me.
LO
Today I want to run through the fire evacuation procedure now that we’re in a
new building. First of all, can I just remind you that if you hear the fire alarm, you
should always head towards the main stairs in order to leave the building. Please
assume that the alarm is real ,except if it sounds at 11.00 a.m on a Tuesday. At this
H
time, it’s always a test - we hope. It’s vital that you do not spend time collecting
your bags or personal belongings because this wastes valuable evacuation time.
Q1
Q2
N
When you have left the building, please look for the fire marshals, who will be Q3
wearing fluorescent orange jackets. They’ll show you where the waiting area is,
A
but just so you know. It’s the park at the rear of the office block. Your department
has a fire safety officer - I believe it’s Susan Jenkins - and it’s her job to make sure
TH
that everyone who signed in has vacated the building. Susan will then tell the fire
safety manager if there are any missing people. Can I also remind you that you Q4
mustn’t enter the building again until the fire safety manager, in other words, me,
tells you that the situation is no longer dangerous.
S
LT
IE
N
- fire marshal (noun): đội trưởng đội cứu hỏa
Meaning: the highest rank of firefighter
A
- fluorescent (adjective): huỳnh quang
LO
Meaning: producing bright light by using some forms of radiation
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
8. E 10. B
9. C
Transcript
N
Phil: So, our project is going to cover three main areas. Firstly, comparing the
main forms of alternative energy: solar, wind, wave, and bio fuels in terms of
A
production costs. Secondly, we’ll take solar energy as an example and do a cost
prediction, and lastly we’ll analyse whether they’re likely to replace traditional Q1
LO
fuels in the future.
Tutor: That sounds like a comprehensive project with a good focus. Now, what
data are you going to use and what approach will you use for the analysis?
H
Jackie: Ah! Now that’s something we do agree on! We want to use the reports you
N
gave us in our last lecture and some statistics from the government Environment Q2
and Energy Department. In terms of analysis, we’re going to use a
A
to see why the differences exist and where more research needs to be done.
S
LT
Vocabulary:
Meaning: the way to let the researcher look at the research in a large scale
1. L 4. H
2. C 5. F
3. D
Transcript
N
Hannah: Hi everyone! Sorry I’m late
Louise: Don’t worry. Hannah, we’ve only just started. We thought we should go
A
over the theories we’ve studied so far so we’re ready for the seminar Q1
discussion on Thursday afternoon.
LO
Hannah: Of course, you’re right. I don’t think I can remember all the theories related
to consumer energy consumption.
Mike: No Hannah. That’s the reading for Friday’ lecture. Thursday’s seminar
discussion is about the current thinking on alternative energy.
H Q2
Hannah: Oh yes. Sorry. I’m a bit disorganised at the moment.
N
Louise: Never mind. So, Mike, what do you think about the academics’ point of view
on nuclear energy?
A
Mike: Well, I think I have to agree with them on price being a factor for choosing
nuclear in the long term.
TH
Louise: Me too. It’s definitely the most cost effective measure. Don’t you agree, Q3
Hannah?
Hannah: To start with I didn’t, but the text Professor Edwards gave us persuaded me.
The only thing that concerns me is that there have been some disasters in
S
Louise: Yes, some texts warn of the dangers of nuclear power using previous Q4
disasters as examples.
Mike: I know what you mean, but I suppose the risk is minimal these days. What do
IE
you think about wind and solar energy in terms of the price in relation to the
advantages? For me, the’re just not worth it - both are expensive and it’s
difficult to predict the amount of energy each one will produce.
Hannah: You know, Mike. I’m afraid I don’t share your opinion. This text here talks
about the likelihood of improved technology increasing the amount of
energy and reducing the costs in the future.
Vocabulary:
N
- seminar (noun): buổi thảo luận
A
Meaning: a class at a university or college when a small group of students and a
teacher discuss or study a particular topic
LO
- alternative (adjective): thay thế
Meaning: can be replaced
Transcript
N
LIBRARIAN: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
A
STUDENT: Good afternoon. Yes, I’ve just transferred to the School of
LO
Education, and I’d like information about joining the library.
LIBRARIAN: Well, the School of Education has libraries on two sites, as I’m
sure you know, This one here is the Fordham Site, and the other is
on Castle Road.
STUDENT: And is there any difference between the two libraries?
H
LIBRARIAN: Not in terms of their facilities. Access to online databases and the
N
Internet is available at both sites and each site has a range of
reference materials on education. Q21
A
LIBRARIAN: Then you’ve come to the right place. At Fordham we hold material
relating to primary education, as well as special needs, but of
LT
LIBRARIAN: Current issues, yes but if you want to look at back issues you’ll Q25
need to use the CD-ROM databases which are held here at
Fordham.
STUDENT: I see. Now, about borrowing books. I’m living out of town, so I’m
hoping I can borrow quite a few items, and cut down on the
number of trips I have to make.
N
you/they start to understand it
A
- periodical (noun): tạp chí định kỳ
Meaning: a magazine that is published every week, month, etc., especially one that
LO
is concerned with an academic subject
H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
N
TUTOR: By the way, do you know about our Business Centre?
BRIAN: No. What’s that?
A
TUTOR: It’s a training resource—a collection of materials for people to
LO
study on their own, or use in their own organizations.
BRIAN: Uhuh. You mean books and videos?
TUTOR: Yes, and manuals for self-study. Plus a lot of computer-based
materials, so people can work through them at their own speed,
H
and repeat anything they aren’t sure about. And you can hire
laptops to use in your own home or workplace as well as Q26
N
printers that you can take away. Q27
BRIAN: Does it have anything that I could use to improve my study skills?
A
I don’t have much idea about report writing, and I’m sure I’ll Q28
need it on the course.
TH
TUTOR: Oh yes, there’s plenty of useful material. Just ask one of the staff.
BRIAN: Does the centre cover all the main areas of business?
TUTOR: Yes, topics like finance, and of course marketing —that’s a Q29
popular one. Local managers seem to queue up to borrow the
S
videos!
LT
TUTOR: £100 a year for a company, and £50 for an individual , with no Q30
discount for students, I’m afraid.
BRIAN: That’s very helpful. Well, I think that’s all. I’d better go home and
fill in the enrolment form. Thanks for all your help.
TUTOR: You’re welcome. Goodbye.
BRIAN: Goodbye.
N
- queue (up) (for something) (verb): xếp hàng
A
Meaning: to wait in a line of people, vehicles, etc. in order to do something, get
something or go somewhere
LO
- enrolment (noun): sự đăng ký
Meaning: the act of officially joining a course, school, etc.; the number of people who
do this H
N
A
TH
S
LT
IE
Transcript
N
Professor: How will you know if Asian bees have entered Australia?
A
Grant: We’re looking at the diet of the bird called the Rainbow Bee Eater. The Bee
Eater doesn’t care what it eats, as long as they’re insects (Q25). But the interesting
LO
thing about this bird is that we are able to analyse exactly what it eats and that’s really
helpful if we’re looking for introduced insects.
Professor: How come?
H
Grant: Insects have their skeletons outside their bodies, so the Bee Eaters digest the
meat from the inside, then they bring up all the indigestible bits of skeleton and of
N
course the wings in a pellet – a small ball of waste material which they cough up.
Professor: That sounds a bit unpleasant. So how do you go about it?
A
Grant: In the field we track down the Bee Eaters and find their favourite feeding (Q26)
spots, you know, the places where the birds usually feed. It’s here that we can find the
TH
pellets. We collect them up and take them back to the laboratory (Q27) to examine the
contents.
Professor: How do you do that?
Grant: The pellets are really hard, especially if they have been out in the sun for a few
S
days so, first of all, we treat them by adding water (Q28) to moisten them and make
LT
them softer. Then we pull them apart under the microscope. Everything’s all scrunched
up but we’re looking for wings (Q29) so we just pull them all out and straighten them.
Then we identify them to see if we can find any Asian bee wings.
IE
N
- digest (verb): tiêu hóa
A
Meaning: to change food into substances that your body can use
LO
- indigestible (adjective): không thể tiêu hóa
Meaning: that cannot easily be digested in the stomach
Meaning: to follow
TH
Transcript
Good morning. Today we’re thinking about the way that technology is
N
influencing our social structures and the way we interact with one another.
Humans, as we know, have always lived in groups; without this arrangement, our
A
species would have died out long ago. But now, the way we see and define our
group is changing.
LO
I’d like to start by mentioning the research of American sociologist Mark
Granovetter in 1973. It was Granovetter who first coined the term “weak-ties” ,
which he used to refer to people’s loose acquaintances – in other words,
friends-of-friends. His research showed that weak-ties had a significant effect on
H
the behavior and choices of populations – and this influence was something
highly important in the fields of information science and politics, and as you can
N
imagine, marketing also. So, these friends-of-friends, people we might spend time Q31
A
with at social or work gatherings, might not be like us but they can still have a
positive influence because we share the same sort of interests. That’s enough to Q32
TH
make a connection – and this connection can turn out to be more beneficial than
we might suspect. An example of this, an example of how the connection can
influence us, is when our weak-ties get in touch and pass on details about jobs Q33
they think might be suitable for us. Well, since Granovetter first came up with this
S
theory, his work has been cited in over 19000 papers. Some of these studies have
looked at how weak-tie networks are useful to us in other ways, and one thing that
LT
Vocabulary:
Transcript
N
Martina: Oh hi George, how’s it going?
George: Hi Martina, it’s going well. How about you? How’s university life?
A
M: Well it’s great – apart from the studying of course
G: Yeah – me too! What are you studying? I seem to remember that you were
LO
going to do Art. That was your best subject, wasn’t it?
M: No – not really – I just like the teacher. He was French and had an amazing
accent. My favorite subject was History but I couldn’t see what career that
would give me
G:
M:
Ah right. So what did you choose?
H
Well I found it really difficult to decide. I was really good at Science but I
N
must admit I never really enjoyed studying it. So, in the end I decided to opt
for English which was my second favorite subject and I thought it would be
A
more useful to me than studying anything else. So- that’s what I’m doing.
TH
interesting but it covers quite a lot of areas like materials science, machine
design, physics and of course mechanics –and they’re all fine. But it’s
LT
Maths that I’m struggling with. It’s a lot harder than it was at school. Q23
M: I can believe it. It all sounds very difficult to me. But then I never was very
good at mechanical things. I suppose it must involve some practical work?
IE
G: Well-not at the moment. Currently, it’s nearly all theory, so it’s a bit Q24
heavy-going.
M: I guess you need to start with that so that you can get a grasp of the
concepts and learn a few facts before you start putting it into practice. It
must be a lot different to the course that I’m taking.
N
if we didn’t have so many of those.
A
Martina: Yes it’s the same for me
LO
Vocabulary:
Meaning: a new or difficult task that tests somebody’s ability and skill
TH